updated for version 7.0b02

Contents

@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Vim		Vi IMproved.  A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi.  Very useful
 		messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
 		help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...
 
-		Version 7.0aa.  Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
-		vim70aart.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
-		vim70aabin.tgz contains the binaries.
-		vim70aasrc.tgz contains the sources.
+		Version 7.0b.  Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
+		vim70brt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
+		vim70bbin.tgz contains the binaries.
+		vim70bsrc.tgz contains the sources.
 		Author: Bram Moolenaar et al.
 
 

Filelist

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/gui_beval.c \
 		src/gui_beval.h \
 		src/hardcopy.c \
-		src/hashtable.c \
+		src/hashtab.c \
 		src/keymap.h \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ops.c \
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
-		src/popupmenu.c \
+		src/popupmnu.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/gui.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
-		src/proto/hashtable.pro \
+		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
 		src/proto/mbyte.pro \
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/normal.pro \
 		src/proto/ops.pro \
 		src/proto/option.pro \
-		src/proto/popupmenu.pro \
+		src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
 		src/proto/quickfix.pro \
 		src/proto/regexp.pro \
 		src/proto/screen.pro \
@@ -248,6 +248,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/Make_w16.mak \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
+		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/dimm.idl \
 		src/dlldata.c \
 		src/dosinst.c \
@@ -285,6 +286,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/uninstal.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
+		src/vimio.h \
 		src/gvim.exe.mnf \
 		src/vim16.def \
 		src/vim16.rc \
@@ -331,7 +333,8 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/vim.tlb \
 		src/vimtbar.lib \
 		src/vimtbar.dll \
-		nsis/icons \
+		nsis/icons/*.bmp \
+		nsis/icons/*.ico \
 
 # source files for Amiga, DOS, etc. (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_AMI_DOS =	\
@@ -496,6 +499,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/filetype.vim \
 		runtime/scripts.vim \
 		runtime/menu.vim \
+		runtime/macmap.vim \
 		runtime/delmenu.vim \
 		runtime/synmenu.vim \
 		runtime/makemenu.vim \
@@ -654,6 +658,8 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-it.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-it.UTF-8.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-pl.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-pl.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-ru.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/lang/README.txt \
@@ -675,6 +681,7 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \
 		runtime/spell/yi/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/main.aap \
+		runtime/spell/cleanadd.vim \
 		runtime/spell/*.vim \
 		runtime/spell/fixdup \
 

Makefile

@@ -69,15 +69,15 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure proto depend lint tags types test t
 #    Before creating an archive first delete all backup files, *.orig, etc.
 
 MAJOR = 7
-MINOR = 0aa
+MINOR = 0b
 
 # Uncomment this line if the Win32s version is to be included.
-#DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
+DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
 
 # CHECKLIST for creating a new version:
 #
 # - Update Vim version number.  For a test version in: src/version.h, Contents,
-#   MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMRTDIR and VERSION in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
+#   MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMMAJOR and VIMMINOR in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
 #   runtime/doc/*.txt and nsis/gvim.nsi. Other things in README_os2.txt.  For a
 #   minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def, src/vim16.def.
 # - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ MINOR = 0aa
 # - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
 # - Check for missing options in runtime/optwin.vim et al. (with check.vim).
 # - Do "make menu" to update the runtime/synmenu.vim file.
-# - Add remarks for changes to runtime/doc/version6.txt.
+# - Add remarks for changes to runtime/doc/version7.txt.
 # - In runtime/doc run "make" and "make html" to check for errors.
 # - Check if src/Makefile and src/feature.h don't contain any personal
 #   preferences or the GTK, Perl, etc. mentioned above.
@@ -128,21 +128,24 @@ MINOR = 0aa
 # - Rename the executables to "vimd32.exe", "xxdd32.exe", "installd32.exe" and
 #   "uninstald32.exe".
 # Win32 console version:
-# - Set environment for Visual C++ 5.0: "vcvars32"
+# - Set environment for Visual C++ Toolkit 2003: "msvcsetup.bat"
 # - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak"
 # - "rm testdir/*.out", "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test" and check the output.
 # - Rename the executables to "vimw32.exe", "xxdw32.exe".
+# - Rename ObjC/vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb.
 # - When building the Win32s version later, delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and
 #   uninstal.exe.  Otherwise rename executables to installw32.exe and
 #   uninstalw32.exe.
 # Win32 GUI version:
 # - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes.
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
+# - Move ObjG/gvim.pdb to here.
 # - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
 # Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
 # - Run src/bigvim.bat ("nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes OLE=yes IME=yes ...)
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
+# - Rename ObjGOLYTR/gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
 # - Delete install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # - If building the Win32s version delete vimrun.exe.
 # Win32s GUI version:
@@ -430,6 +433,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION).zip vim <$(COMMENT_GVIM)
+	cp gvim.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION).pdb
 
 # make Win32 console
 dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
@@ -446,6 +450,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
 	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
+	cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb
 
 # make 32bit DOS
 dosbin_d32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
@@ -500,6 +505,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll
 	cp src/VisVim/README_VisVim.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)ole.zip vim <$(COMMENT_OLE)
+	cp gvim_ole.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION)ole.pdb
 
 # make Win32s gvim
 dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)

README.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 
 WHAT IS VIM

README_ami.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ami.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ami.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Amiga systems.
 See README.txt for general information about Vim.

README_amibin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_amibin.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amibin.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.

README_amisrc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_amisrc.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amisrc.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.

README_bindos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_bindos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_bindos.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.

README_dos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_dos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_dos.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

README_extra.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_extra.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_extra.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 The extra archive of Vim is to be used in combination with the source archive
 (vim-6.0-src.tar.gz).  The extra archive is useless without it.

README_lang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_lang.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_lang.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file contains files for non-English languages:
 - Translated messages.

README_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_mac.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_mac.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Macintosh systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

README_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ole.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ole.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
 This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you

README_os2.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_os2.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_os2.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

README_os390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_os_390.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_os_390.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 Welcome to the OS/390 Unix port of VIM.
 

README_src.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_src.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_src.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 The source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on Unix systems.
 It is packed for Unix systems (NL line separator).  It is also used for other

README_srcdos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_srcdos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_srcdos.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.

README_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_unix.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_unix.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Unix systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

README_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_vms.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_vms.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on VMS systems.
 See "README.txt" in the runtime archive for information about Vim.

README_w32s.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_w32s.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_w32s.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
 the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 !define HAVE_NLS
 
 !define VER_MAJOR 7
-!define VER_MINOR 0aa
+!define VER_MINOR 0b
 
 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Function .onInit
   # $2 - holds the names to create batch files for
   StrCpy $0 "$INSTDIR\vim${VER_MAJOR}${VER_MINOR}"
   StrCpy $1 "-register-OLE"
-  StrCpy $2 "gvim evim gview gvimdiff"
+  StrCpy $2 "gvim evim gview gvimdiff vimtutor"
 
 FunctionEnd
 
@@ -214,9 +214,18 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	SetOutPath $0\plugin
 	File ${VIMRT}\plugin\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\autoload
+	File ${VIMRT}\autoload\*.*
+
 	SetOutPath $0\syntax
 	File ${VIMRT}\syntax\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\spell
+	File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.txt
+	File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.vim
+	File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.spl
+	File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.sug
+
 	SetOutPath $0\tools
 	File ${VIMRT}\tools\*.*
 

runtime/autoload/README.txt

@@ -4,12 +4,18 @@ These are functions used by plugins and for general use.  They will be loaded
 automatically when the function is invoked.  See ":help autoload".
 
 gzip.vim	for editing compressed files
-netrw.vim	browsing (remote) directories and editing remote files
+netrw*.vim	browsing (remote) directories and editing remote files
 tar.vim		browsing tar files
 zip.vim		browsing zip files
+paste.vim	common code for mswin.vim, menu.vim and macmap.vim
+spellfile.vim	downloading of a missing spell file
 
-Occult completion files:
+Omni completion files:
 ccomplete.vim		C
 csscomplete.vim		HTML / CSS
 htmlcomplete.vim	HTML
-
+javascriptcomplete.vim  Javascript
+phpcomplete.vim		PHP
+pycomplete.vim		Python
+syntaxcomplete.vim	from syntax highlighting
+xmlcomplete.vim		XML (uses files in the xml directory)

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2005 Dec 18
+" Last Change:	2006 Mar 24
 
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
 function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart
-    " Locate the start of the item, including "." and "->".
+    " Locate the start of the item, including ".", "->" and "[...]".
     let line = getline('.')
     let start = col('.') - 1
     let lastword = -1
@@ -24,6 +24,21 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 	  let lastword = start
 	endif
 	let start -= 2
+      elseif line[start - 1] == ']'
+	" Skip over [...].
+	let n = 0
+	let start -= 1
+	while start > 0
+	  let start -= 1
+	  if line[start] == '['
+	    if n == 0
+	      break
+	    endif
+	    let n -= 1
+	  elseif line[start] == ']'  " nested []
+	    let n += 1
+	  endif
+	endwhile
       else
 	break
       endif
@@ -43,20 +58,56 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
   let base = s:prepended . a:base
 
+  " Don't do anything for an empty base, would result in all the tags in the
+  " tags file.
+  if base == ''
+    return []
+  endif
+
+  " init cache for vimgrep to empty
+  let s:grepCache = {}
+
   " Split item in words, keep empty word after "." or "->".
   " "aa" -> ['aa'], "aa." -> ['aa', ''], "aa.bb" -> ['aa', 'bb'], etc.
-  let items = split(base, '\.\|->', 1)
-  if len(items) <= 1
-    " Don't do anything for an empty base, would result in all the tags in the
-    " tags file.
-    if base == ''
-      return []
+  " We can't use split, because we need to skip nested [...].
+  let items = []
+  let s = 0
+  while 1
+    let e = match(base, '\.\|->\|\[', s)
+    if e < 0
+      if s == 0 || base[s - 1] != ']'
+	call add(items, strpart(base, s))
+      endif
+      break
     endif
-
-    " Only one part, no "." or "->": complete from tags file.
-    " When local completion is wanted CTRL-N would have been used.
-    return map(taglist('^' . base), 'v:val["name"]')
-  endif
+    if s == 0 || base[s - 1] != ']'
+      call add(items, strpart(base, s, e - s))
+    endif
+    if base[e] == '.'
+      let s = e + 1	" skip over '.'
+    elseif base[e] == '-'
+      let s = e + 2	" skip over '->'
+    else
+      " Skip over [...].
+      let n = 0
+      let s = e
+      let e += 1
+      while e < len(base)
+	if base[e] == ']'
+	  if n == 0
+	    break
+	  endif
+	  let n -= 1
+	elseif base[e] == '['  " nested [...]
+	  let n += 1
+	endif
+	let e += 1
+      endwhile
+      let e += 1
+      call add(items, strpart(base, s, e - s))
+      let s = e
+    endif
+  endwhile
 
   " Find the variable items[0].
   " 1. in current function (like with "gd")
@@ -68,18 +119,58 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     " TODO: join previous line if it makes sense
     let line = getline('.')
     let col = col('.')
-    let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:])
+    if len(items) == 1
+      " Completing one word and it's a local variable: May add '[', '.' or
+      " '->'.
+      let match = items[0]
+      let kind = 'v'
+      if match(line, '\<' . match . '\s*\[') > 0
+	let match .= '['
+      else
+	let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), [''], 0, 1)
+	if len(res) > 0
+	  " There are members, thus add "." or "->".
+	  if match(line, '\*[ \t(]*' . match . '\>') > 0
+	    let match .= '->'
+	  else
+	    let match .= '.'
+	  endif
+	endif
+      endif
+      let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : '', 'kind' : kind, 'info' : line}]
+    else
+      " Completing "var.", "var.something", etc.
+      let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if len(items) == 1
+    " Only one part, no "." or "->": complete from tags file.
+    let tags = taglist('^' . base)
+
+    " Remove members, these can't appear without something in front.
+    call filter(tags, 'has_key(v:val, "kind") ? v:val["kind"] != "m" : 1')
+
+    " Remove static matches in other files.
+    call filter(tags, '!has_key(v:val, "static") || !v:val["static"] || bufnr("%") == bufnr(v:val["filename"])')
+
+    call extend(res, map(tags, 's:Tag2item(v:val)'))
   endif
 
   if len(res) == 0
     " Find the variable in the tags file(s)
     let diclist = taglist('^' . items[0] . '$')
 
+    " Remove members, these can't appear without something in front.
+    call filter(diclist, 'has_key(v:val, "kind") ? v:val["kind"] != "m" : 1')
+
     let res = []
     for i in range(len(diclist))
-      " New ctags has the "typename" field.
+      " New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
       if has_key(diclist[i], 'typename')
-	call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typename'], items[1:]))
+	call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typename'], items[1:], 1))
+      elseif has_key(diclist[i], 'typeref')
+	call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typeref'], items[1:], 1))
       endif
 
       " For a variable use the command, which must be a search pattern that
@@ -88,7 +179,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 	let line = diclist[i]['cmd']
 	if line[0] == '/' && line[1] == '^'
 	  let col = match(line, '\<' . items[0] . '\>')
-	  call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 2, col - 2), items[1:]))
+	  call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 2, col - 2), items[1:], 0, 1))
 	endif
       endif
     endfor
@@ -99,27 +190,181 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     " TODO: join previous line if it makes sense
     let line = getline('.')
     let col = col('.')
-    let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:])
+    let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
   endif
 
-  " If the one and only match was what's already there and it is a composite
-  " type, add a "." or "->".
-  if len(res) == 1 && res[0]['match'] == items[-1] && len(s:SearchMembers(res, [''])) > 0
+  " If the last item(s) are [...] they need to be added to the matches.
+  let last = len(items) - 1
+  let brackets = ''
+  while last >= 0
+    if items[last][0] != '['
+      break
+    endif
+    let brackets = items[last] . brackets
+    let last -= 1
+  endwhile
+
+  return map(res, 's:Tagline2item(v:val, brackets)')
+endfunc
+
+function! s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
+  " Guess if the item is an array.
+  if a:bracket && match(a:line, a:match . '\s*\[') > 0
+    return '['
+  endif
+
+  " Check if the item has members.
+  if len(s:SearchMembers(a:memarg, [''], 0)) > 0
     " If there is a '*' before the name use "->".
-    if match(res[0]['tagline'], '\*\s*' . res[0]['match']) > 0
-      let res[0]['match'] .= '->'
+    if match(a:line, '\*[ \t(]*' . a:match . '\>') > 0
+      return '->'
     else
-      let res[0]['match'] .= '.'
+      return '.'
+    endif
+  endif
+  return ''
+endfunction
+
+" Turn the tag info "val" into an item for completion.
+" "val" is is an item in the list returned by taglist().
+" If it is a variable we may add "." or "->".  Don't do it for other types,
+" such as a typedef, by not including the info that s:GetAddition() uses.
+function! s:Tag2item(val)
+  let res = {'match': a:val['name']}
+
+  let res['extra'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(a:val['cmd'], a:val['name'], a:val['filename'])
+
+  let s = s:Dict2info(a:val)
+  if s != ''
+    let res['info'] = s
+  endif
+
+  let res['tagline'] = ''
+  if has_key(a:val, "kind")
+    let kind = a:val['kind']
+    let res['kind'] = kind
+    if kind == 'v'
+      let res['tagline'] = "\t" . a:val['cmd']
+      let res['dict'] = a:val
+    elseif kind == 'f'
+      let res['match'] = a:val['name'] . '('
     endif
   endif
 
-  return map(res, 'v:val["match"]')
+  return res
+endfunction
+
+" Use all the items in dictionary for the "info" entry.
+function! s:Dict2info(dict)
+  let info = ''
+  for k in sort(keys(a:dict))
+    let info  .= k . repeat(' ', 10 - len(k))
+    if k == 'cmd'
+      let info .= substitute(matchstr(a:dict['cmd'], '/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/'), '\\\(.\)', '\1', 'g')
+    else
+      let info .= a:dict[k]
+    endif
+    let info .= "\n"
+  endfor
+  return info
 endfunc
 
+" Parse a tag line and return a dictionary with items like taglist()
+function! s:ParseTagline(line)
+  let l = split(a:line, "\t")
+  let d = {}
+  if len(l) >= 3
+    let d['name'] = l[0]
+    let d['filename'] = l[1]
+    let d['cmd'] = l[2]
+    let n = 2
+    if l[2] =~ '^/'
+      " Find end of cmd, it may contain Tabs.
+      while n < len(l) && l[n] !~ '/;"$'
+	let n += 1
+	let d['cmd'] .= "  " . l[n]
+      endwhile
+    endif
+    for i in range(n + 1, len(l) - 1)
+      if l[i] == 'file:'
+	let d['static'] = 1
+      elseif l[i] !~ ':'
+	let d['kind'] = l[i]
+      else
+	let d[matchstr(l[i], '[^:]*')] = matchstr(l[i], ':\zs.*')
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endif
+
+  return d
+endfunction
+
+" Turn a match item "val" into an item for completion.
+" "val['match']" is the matching item.
+" "val['tagline']" is the tagline in which the last part was found.
+function! s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
+  let line = a:val['tagline']
+  let add = s:GetAddition(line, a:val['match'], [a:val], a:brackets == '')
+  let res = {'word': a:val['match'] . a:brackets . add }
+
+  if has_key(a:val, 'info')
+    " Use info from Tag2item().
+    let res['info'] = a:val['info']
+  else
+    " Parse the tag line and add each part to the "info" entry.
+    let s = s:Dict2info(s:ParseTagline(line))
+    if s != ''
+      let res['info'] = s
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if has_key(a:val, 'kind')
+    let res['kind'] = a:val['kind']
+  elseif add == '('
+    let res['kind'] = 'f'
+  else
+    let s = matchstr(line, '\t\(kind:\)\=\zs\S\ze\(\t\|$\)')
+    if s != ''
+      let res['kind'] = s
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if has_key(a:val, 'extra')
+    let res['menu'] = a:val['extra']
+    return res
+  endif
+
+  " Isolate the command after the tag and filename.
+  let s = matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t[^\t]*\t\zs\(/^.*$/\|[^\t]*\)\ze\(;"\t\|\t\|$\)')
+  if s != ''
+    let res['menu'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(s, a:val['match'], matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t\zs[^\t]*\ze\t'))
+  endif
+  return res
+endfunction
+
+" Turn a command from a tag line to something that is useful in the menu
+function! s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
+  if a:cmd =~ '^/^'
+    " The command is a search command, useful to see what it is.
+    let x = matchstr(a:cmd, '^/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/')
+    let x = substitute(x, '\<' . a:name . '\>', '@@', '')
+    let x = substitute(x, '\\\(.\)', '\1', 'g')
+    let x = x . ' - ' . a:fname
+  elseif a:cmd =~ '^\d*$'
+    " The command is a line number, the file name is more useful.
+    let x = a:fname . ' - ' . a:cmd
+  else
+    " Not recognized, use command and file name.
+    let x = a:cmd . ' - ' . a:fname
+  endif
+  return x
+endfunction
+
 " Find composing type in "lead" and match items[0] with it.
 " Repeat this recursively for items[1], if it's there.
+" When resolving typedefs "depth" is used to avoid infinite recursion.
 " Return the list of matches.
-function! s:Nextitem(lead, items)
+function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
 
   " Use the text up to the variable name and split it in tokens.
   let tokens = split(a:lead, '\s\+\|\<')
@@ -128,34 +373,50 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items)
   let res = []
   for tidx in range(len(tokens))
 
+    " Skip tokens starting with a non-ID character.
+    if tokens[tidx] !~ '^\h'
+      continue
+    endif
+
     " Recognize "struct foobar" and "union foobar".
     if (tokens[tidx] == 'struct' || tokens[tidx] == 'union') && tidx + 1 < len(tokens)
-      let res = s:StructMembers(tokens[tidx] . ':' . tokens[tidx + 1], a:items)
+      let res = s:StructMembers(tokens[tidx] . ':' . tokens[tidx + 1], a:items, a:all)
       break
     endif
 
     " TODO: add more reserved words
-    if index(['int', 'float', 'static', 'unsigned', 'extern'], tokens[tidx]) >= 0
+    if index(['int', 'short', 'char', 'float', 'double', 'static', 'unsigned', 'extern'], tokens[tidx]) >= 0
       continue
     endif
 
     " Use the tags file to find out if this is a typedef.
     let diclist = taglist('^' . tokens[tidx] . '$')
     for tagidx in range(len(diclist))
-      " New ctags has the "typename" field.
-      if has_key(diclist[tagidx], 'typename')
-	call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[tagidx]['typename'], a:items))
+      let item = diclist[tagidx]
+
+      " New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
+      if has_key(item, 'typeref')
+	call extend(res, s:StructMembers(item['typeref'], a:items, a:all))
+	continue
+      endif
+      if has_key(item, 'typename')
+	call extend(res, s:StructMembers(item['typename'], a:items, a:all))
 	continue
       endif
 
       " Only handle typedefs here.
-      if diclist[tagidx]['kind'] != 't'
+      if item['kind'] != 't'
+	continue
+      endif
+
+      " Skip matches local to another file.
+      if has_key(item, 'static') && item['static'] && bufnr('%') != bufnr(item['filename'])
 	continue
       endif
 
       " For old ctags we recognize "typedef struct aaa" and
       " "typedef union bbb" in the tags file command.
-      let cmd = diclist[tagidx]['cmd']
+      let cmd = item['cmd']
       let ei = matchend(cmd, 'typedef\s\+')
       if ei > 1
 	let cmdtokens = split(strpart(cmd, ei), '\s\+\|\<')
@@ -170,11 +431,11 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items)
 	      endif
 	    endfor
 	    if name != ''
-	      call extend(res, s:StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] . ':' . name, a:items))
+	      call extend(res, s:StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] . ':' . name, a:items, a:all))
 	    endif
-	  else
+	  elseif a:depth < 10
 	    " Could be "typedef other_T some_T".
-	    call extend(res, s:Nextitem(cmdtokens[0], a:items))
+	    call extend(res, s:Nextitem(cmdtokens[0], a:items, a:depth + 1, a:all))
 	  endif
 	endif
       endif
@@ -188,9 +449,12 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items)
 endfunction
 
 
+" Search for members of structure "typename" in tags files.
 " Return a list with resulting matches.
 " Each match is a dictionary with "match" and "tagline" entries.
-function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
+" When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
+" member.
+function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
   " Todo: What about local structures?
   let fnames = join(map(tagfiles(), 'escape(v:val, " \\")'))
   if fnames == ''
@@ -199,33 +463,73 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
 
   let typename = a:typename
   let qflist = []
-  while 1
-    exe 'silent! vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
-    let qflist = getqflist()
-    if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0
-      break
+  let cached = 0
+  if a:all == 0
+    let n = '1'	" stop at first found match
+    if has_key(s:grepCache, a:typename)
+      let qflist = s:grepCache[a:typename]
+      let cached = 1
     endif
-    " No match for "struct:context::name", remove "context::" and try again.
-    let typename = substitute(typename, ':[^:]*::', ':', '')
-  endwhile
+  else
+    let n = ''
+  endif
+  if !cached
+    while 1
+      exe 'silent! ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
 
+      let qflist = getqflist()
+      if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0
+	break
+      endif
+      " No match for "struct:context::name", remove "context::" and try again.
+      let typename = substitute(typename, ':[^:]*::', ':', '')
+    endwhile
+
+    if a:all == 0
+      " Store the result to be able to use it again later.
+      let s:grepCache[a:typename] = qflist
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Put matching members in matches[].
   let matches = []
   for l in qflist
     let memb = matchstr(l['text'], '[^\t]*')
     if memb =~ '^' . a:items[0]
-      call add(matches, {'match': memb, 'tagline': l['text']})
+      " Skip matches local to another file.
+      if match(l['text'], "\tfile:") < 0 || bufnr('%') == bufnr(matchstr(l['text'], '\t\zs[^\t]*'))
+	let item = {'match': memb, 'tagline': l['text']}
+
+	" Add the kind of item.
+	let s = matchstr(l['text'], '\t\(kind:\)\=\zs\S\ze\(\t\|$\)')
+	if s != ''
+	  let item['kind'] = s
+	  if s == 'f'
+	    let item['match'] = memb . '('
+	  endif
+	endif
+
+	call add(matches, item)
+      endif
     endif
   endfor
 
   if len(matches) > 0
-    " No further items, return the result.
-    if len(a:items) == 1
-      return matches
-    endif
+    " Skip over [...] items
+    let idx = 1
+    while 1
+      if idx >= len(a:items)
+	return matches		" No further items, return the result.
+      endif
+      if a:items[idx][0] != '['
+	break
+      endif
+      let idx += 1
+    endwhile
 
     " More items following.  For each of the possible members find the
     " matching following members.
-    return s:SearchMembers(matches, a:items[1:])
+    return s:SearchMembers(matches, a:items[idx :], a:all)
   endif
 
   " Failed to find anything.
@@ -233,25 +537,46 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
 endfunction
 
 " For matching members, find matches for following items.
-function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items)
+" When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
+" member.
+function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
   let res = []
   for i in range(len(a:matches))
-    let line = a:matches[i]['tagline']
-    let e = matchend(line, '\ttypename:')
-    if e > 0
-      " Use typename field
-      let name = matchstr(line, '[^\t]*', e)
-      call extend(res, s:StructMembers(name, a:items))
+    let typename = ''
+    if has_key(a:matches[i], 'dict')
+      if has_key(a:matches[i].dict, 'typename')
+	let typename = a:matches[i].dict['typename']
+      elseif has_key(a:matches[i].dict, 'typeref')
+	let typename = a:matches[i].dict['typeref']
+      endif
+      let line = "\t" . a:matches[i].dict['cmd']
+    else
+      let line = a:matches[i]['tagline']
+      let e = matchend(line, '\ttypename:')
+      if e < 0
+	let e = matchend(line, '\ttyperef:')
+      endif
+      if e > 0
+	" Use typename field
+	let typename = matchstr(line, '[^\t]*', e)
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    if typename != ''
+      call extend(res, s:StructMembers(typename, a:items, a:all))
     else
       " Use the search command (the declaration itself).
       let s = match(line, '\t\zs/^')
       if s > 0
-	let e = match(line, a:matches[i]['match'], s)
+	let e = match(line, '\<' . a:matches[i]['match'] . '\>', s)
 	if e > 0
-	  call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, s, e - s), a:items))
+	  call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, s, e - s), a:items, 0, a:all))
 	endif
       endif
     endif
+    if a:all == 0 && len(res) > 0
+      break
+    endif
   endfor
   return res
 endfunc

runtime/autoload/javascriptcomplete.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
+" Vim completion script
+" Language:	Java Script
+" Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
+" Last Change:	2006 Feb 6
+
+function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
+  if a:findstart
+	" locate the start of the word
+	let line = getline('.')
+	let start = col('.') - 1
+	let curline = line('.')
+	let compl_begin = col('.') - 2
+	" Bit risky but JS is rather limited language and local chars shouldn't
+	" fint way into names
+	while start >= 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\k'
+		let start -= 1
+	endwhile
+	let b:compl_context = getline('.')[0:compl_begin]
+	return start
+  else
+	" Initialize base return lists
+	let res = []
+	let res2 = []
+	" a:base is very short - we need context
+	" Shortcontext is context without a:base, useful for checking if we are
+	" looking for objects and for what objects we are looking for
+	let context = b:compl_context
+	let shortcontext = substitute(context, a:base.'$', '', '')
+	unlet! b:compl_context
+
+	if exists("b:jsrange")
+		let file = getline(b:jsrange[0],b:jsrange[1])
+		unlet! b:jsrange
+
+		if len(b:js_extfiles) > 0
+			let file = b:js_extfiles + file
+		endif
+
+	else
+		let file = getline(1, '$')
+	endif
+
+
+	" Completion of properties, methods, etc. {{{
+	if shortcontext =~ '\.$'
+		" Complete methods and properties for objects
+		" DOM separate
+		let doms = ['style.']
+		" Arrays
+		let arrayprop = ['constructor', 'index', 'input', 'length', 'prototype']
+		let arraymeth = ['concat', 'join', 'pop', 'push', 'reverse', 'shift', 
+					\ 'splice', 'sort', 'toSource', 'toString', 'unshift', 'valueOf',
+					\ 'watch', 'unwatch']
+		call map(arraymeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let arrays = arrayprop + arraymeth
+
+		" Boolean - complete subset of array values
+		" properties - constructor, prototype
+		" methods    - toSource, toString, valueOf
+
+		" Date
+		" properties - constructor, prototype
+		let datemeth = ['getDate', 'getDay', 'getFullYear', 'getHours', 'getMilliseconds',
+					\ 'getMinutes', 'getMonth', 'getSeconds', 'getTime', 'getTimezoneOffset',
+					\ 'getUTCDate', 'getUTCDay', 'getUTCFullYear', 'getUTCHours', 'getUTCMilliseconds',
+					\ 'getUTCMinutes', 'getUTCMonth', 'getUTCSeconds',
+					\ 'getYear', 'parse', 'parse',
+					\ 'setDate', 'setDay', 'setFullYear', 'setHours', 'setMilliseconds',
+					\ 'setMinutes', 'setMonth', 'setSeconds',
+					\ 'setUTCDate', 'setUTCDay', 'setUTCFullYear', 'setUTCHours', 'setUTCMilliseconds',
+					\ 'setUTCMinutes', 'setUTCMonth', 'setUTCSeconds', 'setYear', 'setTime',
+					\ 'toGMTString', 'toLocaleString', 'toLocaleDateString', 'toLocaleTimeString',
+					\ 'toSource', 'toString', 'toUTCString', 'UTC', 'valueOf', 'watch', 'unwatch']
+		call map(datemeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let dates = datemeth
+
+		" Function
+		let funcprop = ['arguments', 'arguments.callee', 'arguments.caller', 'arguments.length',
+					\ 'arity', 'constructor', 'length', 'prototype']
+		let funcmeth = ['apply', 'call', 'toSource', 'toString', 'valueOf']
+		call map(funcmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let funcs = funcprop + funcmeth
+
+		" Math
+		let mathprop = ['E', 'LN2', 'LN10', 'LOG2E', 'LOG10E', 'PI', 'SQRT1_2', 'SQRT']
+		let mathmeth = ['abs', 'acos', 'asin', 'atan', 'atan2', 'ceil', 'cos', 'exp', 'floor',
+					\ 'log', 'max', 'min', 'pow', 'random', 'round', 'sin', 'sqrt', 'tan',
+					\ 'watch', 'unwatch']
+		call map(mathmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let maths = mathprop + mathmeth
+
+		" Number
+		let numbprop = ['MAX_VALUE', 'MIN_VALUE', 'NaN', 'NEGATIVE_INFINITY', 'POSITIVE_INFINITY', 
+					\ 'constructor', 'prototype']
+		let numbmeth = ['toExponential', 'toFixed', 'toPrecision', 'toSource', 'toString', 'valueOf',
+					\ 'watch', 'unwatch']
+		call map(numbmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let numbs = numbprop + numbmeth
+
+		" Object
+		let objeprop = ['constructor', 'prototype']
+		let objemeth = ['eval', 'toSource', 'toString', 'unwatch', 'watch', 'valueOf']
+		call map(objemeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let objes = objeprop + objemeth
+
+		" RegExp
+		let regeprop = ['constructor', 'global', 'ignoreCase', 'lastIndex', 'multiline', 'source', 'prototype']
+		let regemeth = ['exec', 'test', 'toSource', 'toString', 'watch', 'unwatch']
+		call map(regemeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let reges = regeprop + regemeth
+
+		" String
+		let striprop = ['constructor', 'length', 'prototype']
+		let strimeth = ['anchor', 'big', 'blink', 'bold', 'charAt', 'charCodeAt', 'concat',
+					\ 'fixed', 'fontcolor', 'fontsize', 'fromCharCode', 'indexOf', 'italics',
+					\ 'lastIndexOf', 'link', 'match', 'replace', 'search', 'slice', 'small',
+					\ 'split', 'strike', 'sub', 'substr', 'substring', 'sup', 'toLowerCase',
+					\ 'toSource', 'toString', 'toUpperCase', 'watch', 'unwatch']
+		call map(strimeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let stris = striprop + strimeth
+
+		" User created properties
+		let user_props1 = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "this\\.\\k"')
+		let juser_props1 = join(user_props1, ' ')
+		let user_props1 = split(juser_props1, '\zethis\.')
+		unlet! juser_props1
+		call map(user_props1, 'matchstr(v:val, "this\\.\\zs\\k\\+\\ze")')
+
+		let user_props2 = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "\\.prototype\\.\\k"')
+		let juser_props2 = join(user_props2, ' ')
+		let user_props2 = split(juser_props2, '\zeprototype\.')
+		unlet! juser_props2
+		call map(user_props2, 'matchstr(v:val, "prototype\\.\\zs\\k\\+\\ze")')
+		let user_props = user_props1 + user_props2
+
+		" HTML DOM properties
+		" Anchors - anchor.
+		let anchprop = ['accessKey', 'charset', 'coords', 'href', 'hreflang', 'id', 'innerHTML',
+					\ 'name', 'rel', 'rev', 'shape', 'tabIndex', 'target', 'type', 'onBlur', 'onFocus']
+		let anchmeth = ['blur', 'focus']
+		call map(anchmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let anths = anchprop + anchmeth
+		" Area - area.
+		let areaprop = ['accessKey', 'alt', 'coords', 'hash', 'host', 'hostname', 'href', 'id',
+					\ 'noHref', 'pathname', 'port', 'protocol', 'search', 'shape', 'tabIndex', 'target']
+		let areameth = ['onClick', 'onDblClick', 'onMouseOut', 'onMouseOver']
+		call map(areameth, 'v:val."("')
+		let areas = areaprop + areameth
+		" Base - base.
+		let baseprop = ['href', 'id', 'target']
+		let bases = baseprop
+		" Body - body.
+		let bodyprop = ['aLink', 'background', 'gbColor', 'id', 'link', 'scrollLeft', 'scrollTop',
+					\ 'text', 'vLink']
+		let bodys = bodyprop
+		" Document - document.
+		let docuprop = ['anchors', 'applets', 'childNodes', 'embeds', 'forms', 'images', 'links', 'stylesheets',
+					\ 'body', 'cookie', 'documentElement', 'domain', 'lastModified', 'referrer', 'title', 'URL']
+		let documeth = ['close', 'createAttribute', 'createElement', 'createTextNode', 'focus', 'getElementById',
+					\ 'getElementsByName', 'getElementsByTagName', 'open', 'write', 'writeln',
+					\ 'onClick', 'onDblClick', 'onFocus', 'onKeyDown', 'onKeyPress', 'onKeyUp',
+					\ 'onMouseDown', 'onMouseMove', 'onMouseOut', 'onMouseOver', 'onMouseUp', 'onResize']
+		call map(documeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let docuxprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'doctype', 'documentElement', 'firstChild',
+					\ 'implementation', 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType',
+					\ 'nodeValue', 'ownerDocument', 'parentNode', 'previousSibling']
+		let docuxmeth = ['createAttribute', 'createCDATASection',
+					\ 'createComment', 'createDocument', 'createDocumentFragment',
+					\ 'createElement', 'createEntityReference', 'createProcessingInstruction',
+					\ 'createTextNode']
+		call map(docuxmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let docus = docuprop + docuxprop + documeth + docuxmeth
+		" Form - form.
+		let formprop = ['elements', 'acceptCharset', 'action', 'encoding', 'enctype', 'id', 'length',
+					\ 'method', 'name', 'tabIndex', 'target']
+		let formmeth = ['reset', 'submit', 'onReset', 'onSubmit']
+		call map(formmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let forms = formprop + formmeth
+		" Frame - frame.
+		let framprop = ['contentDocument', 'frameBorder', 'id', 'longDesc', 'marginHeight', 'marginWidth',
+					\ 'name', 'noResize', 'scrolling', 'src']
+		let frammeth = ['blur', 'focus']
+		call map(frammeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let frams = framprop + frammeth
+		" Frameset - frameset.
+		let fsetprop = ['cols', 'id', 'rows']
+		let fsetmeth = ['blur', 'focus']
+		call map(fsetmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let fsets = fsetprop + fsetmeth
+		" History - history.
+		let histprop = ['length']
+		let histmeth = ['back', 'forward', 'go']
+		call map(histmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let hists = histprop + histmeth
+		" Iframe - iframe.
+		let ifraprop = ['align', 'frameBorder', 'height', 'id', 'longDesc', 'marginHeight', 'marginWidth',
+					\ 'name', 'scrolling', 'src', 'width']
+		let ifras = ifraprop
+		" Image - image.
+		let imagprop = ['align', 'alt', 'border', 'complete', 'height', 'hspace', 'id', 'isMap', 'longDesc',
+					\ 'lowSrc', 'name', 'src', 'useMap', 'vspace', 'width']
+		let imagmeth = ['onAbort', 'onError', 'onLoad']
+		call map(imagmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let imags = histprop + imagmeth
+		" Button - accessible only by other properties
+		let buttprop = ['accessKey', 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value']
+		let buttmeth = ['blur', 'click', 'focus', 'onBlur', 'onClick', 'onFocus', 'onMouseDown', 'onMouseUp']
+		call map(buttmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let butts = buttprop + buttmeth
+		" Checkbox - accessible only by other properties
+		let checprop = ['accept', 'accessKey', 'align', 'alt', 'checked', 'defaultChecked', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let checmeth = ['blur', 'click', 'focus', 'onBlur', 'onClick', 'onFocus', 'onMouseDown', 'onMouseUp']
+		call map(checmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let checs = checprop + checmeth
+		" File upload - accessible only by other properties
+		let fileprop = ['accept', 'accessKey', 'align', 'alt', 'defaultValue', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let filemeth = ['blur', 'focus', 'onBlur', 'onClick', 'onFocus', 'onMouseDown', 'onMouseUp']
+		call map(filemeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let files = fileprop + filemeth
+		" Hidden - accessible only by other properties
+		let hiddprop = ['defaultValue', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let hidds = hiddprop
+		" Password - accessible only by other properties
+		let passprop = ['accept', 'accessKey', 'defaultValue', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'maxLength', 'name', 'readOnly', 'size', 'tabIndex', 
+					\ 'type', 'value'] 
+		let passmeth = ['blur', 'click', 'focus', 'select', 'onBlur', 'onFocus', 'onKeyDown', 
+					\ 'onKeyPress', 'onKeyUp']
+		call map(passmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let passs = passprop + passmeth
+		" Radio - accessible only by other properties
+		let radiprop = ['accept', 'accessKey', 'align', 'alt', 'checked', 'defaultChecked', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let radimeth = ['blur', 'click', 'focus', 'select', 'onBlur', 'onFocus']
+		call map(radimeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let radis = radiprop + radimeth
+		" Reset - accessible only by other properties
+		let reseprop = ['accept', 'accessKey', 'align', 'alt', 'defaultValue', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'size', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let resemeth = ['blur', 'click', 'focus', 'select', 'onBlur', 'onFocus']
+		call map(resemeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let reses = reseprop + resemeth
+		" Submit - accessible only by other properties
+		let submprop = ['accept', 'accessKey', 'align', 'alt', 'defaultValue', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'size', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let submmeth = ['blur', 'click', 'focus', 'select', 'onClick', 'onSelectStart']
+		call map(submmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let subms = submprop + submmeth
+		" Text - accessible only by other properties
+		let textprop = ['accept', 'accessKey', 'align', 'alt', 'defaultValue', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'maxLength', 'name', 'readOnly', 
+					\ 'size', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let textmeth = ['blur', 'focus', 'select', 'onBlur', 'onChange', 'onFocus', 'onKeyDown',
+					\ 'onKeyPress', 'onKeyUp', 'onSelect']
+		call map(textmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let texts = textprop + textmeth
+		" Link - link.
+		let linkprop = ['charset', 'disabled', 'href', 'hreflang', 'id', 'media',
+					\ 'rel', 'rev', 'target', 'type']
+		let linkmeth = ['onLoad']
+		call map(linkmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let links = linkprop + linkmeth
+		" Location - location.
+		let locaprop = ['href', 'hash', 'host', 'hostname', 'pathname', 'port', 'protocol',
+					\ 'search']
+		let locameth = ['assign', 'reload', 'replace']
+		call map(locameth, 'v:val."("')
+		let locas = locaprop + locameth
+		" Meta - meta.
+		let metaprop = ['charset', 'content', 'disabled', 'httpEquiv', 'name', 'scheme']
+		let metas = metaprop
+		" Navigator - navigator.
+		let naviprop = ['plugins', 'appCodeName', 'appName', 'appVersion', 'cookieEnabled',
+					\ 'platform', 'userAgent']
+		let navimeth = ['javaEnabled', 'taintEnabled']
+		call map(navimeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let navis = naviprop + navimeth
+		" Object - object.
+		let objeprop = ['align', 'archive', 'border', 'code', 'codeBase', 'codeType', 'data',
+					\ 'declare', 'form', 'height', 'hspace', 'id', 'name', 'standby', 'tabIndex',
+					\ 'type', 'useMap', 'vspace', 'width']
+		let objes = objeprop
+		" Option - accessible only by other properties
+		let optiprop = ['defaultSelected', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'index', 'label', 'selected', 'text', 'value']
+		let optis = optiprop
+		" Screen - screen.
+		let screprop = ['availHeight', 'availWidth', 'colorDepth', 'height', 'width']
+		let scres = screprop
+		" Select - accessible only by other properties
+		let seleprop = ['options', 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'length', 'multiple', 'name', 
+					\ 'selectedIndex', 'size', 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value'] 
+		let selemeth = ['blur', 'focus', 'remove', 'onBlur', 'onChange', 'onFocus']
+		call map(selemeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let seles = seleprop + selemeth
+		" Style - style.
+		let stylprop = ['background', 'backgroundAttachment', 'backgroundColor', 'backgroundImage',
+					\ 'backgroundPosition', 'backgroundRepeat',
+					\ 'border', 'borderBottom', 'borderLeft', 'borderRight', 'borderTop',
+					\ 'borderBottomColor', 'borderLeftColor', 'borderRightColor', 'borderTopColor',
+					\ 'borderBottomStyle', 'borderLeftStyle', 'borderRightStyle', 'borderTopStyle',
+					\ 'borderBottomWidth', 'borderLeftWidth', 'borderRightWidth', 'borderTopWidth',
+					\ 'borderColor', 'borderStyle', 'borderWidth', 'margin', 'marginBottom',
+					\ 'marginLeft', 'marginRight', 'marginTop', 'outline', 'outlineStyle', 'outlineWidth',
+					\ 'outlineColor', 'outlineStyle', 'outlineWidth', 'padding', 'paddingBottom',
+					\ 'paddingLeft', 'paddingRight', 'paddingTop',
+					\ 'clear', 'clip', 'clipBottom', 'clipLeft', 'clipRight', 'clipTop', 'content',
+					\ 'counterIncrement', 'counterReset', 'cssFloat', 'cursor', 'direction',
+					\ 'display', 'markerOffset', 'marks', 'maxHeight', 'maxWidth', 'minHeight',
+					\ 'minWidth', 'overflow', 'overflowX', 'overflowY', 'verticalAlign', 'visibility',
+					\ 'width',
+					\ 'listStyle', 'listStyleImage', 'listStylePosition', 'listStyleType',
+					\ 'cssText', 'bottom', 'height', 'left', 'position', 'right', 'top', 'width', 'zindex',
+					\ 'orphans', 'widows', 'page', 'pageBreakAfter', 'pageBreakBefore', 'pageBreakInside',
+					\ 'borderCollapse', 'borderSpacing', 'captionSide', 'emptyCells', 'tableLayout',
+					\ 'color', 'font', 'fontFamily', 'fontSize', 'fontSizeAdjust', 'fontStretch',
+					\ 'fontStyle', 'fontVariant', 'fontWeight', 'letterSpacing', 'lineHeight', 'quotes',
+					\ 'textAlign', 'textIndent', 'textShadow', 'textTransform', 'textUnderlinePosition',
+					\ 'unicodeBidi', 'whiteSpace', 'wordSpacing']
+		let styls = stylprop
+		" Table - table.
+		let tablprop = ['rows', 'tBodies', 'align', 'bgColor', 'border', 'caption', 'cellPadding',
+					\ 'cellSpacing', 'frame', 'height', 'rules', 'summary', 'tFoot', 'tHead', 'width']
+		let tablmeth = ['createCaption', 'createTFoot', 'createTHead', 'deleteCaption', 'deleteRow',
+					\ 'deleteTFoot', 'deleteTHead', 'insertRow']
+		call map(tablmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let tabls = tablprop + tablmeth
+		" Table data - TableData.
+		let tdatprop = ['abbr', 'align', 'axis', 'bgColor', 'cellIndex', 'ch', 'chOff',
+					\ 'colSpan', 'headers', 'noWrap', 'rowSpan', 'scope', 'vAlign', 'width']
+		let tdats = tdatprop
+		" Table row - TableRow.
+		let trowprop = ['cells', 'align', 'bgColor', 'ch', 'chOff', 'rowIndex', 'sectionRowIndex',
+					\ 'vAlign']
+		let trowmeth = ['deleteCell', 'insertCell']
+		call map(trowmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let trows = trowprop + trowmeth
+		" Textarea - accessible only by other properties
+		let tareprop = ['accessKey', 'cols', 'defaultValue', 
+					\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'readOnly', 'rows', 
+					\ 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value', 'selectionStart', 'selectionEnd'] 
+		let taremeth = ['blur', 'focus', 'select', 'onBlur', 'onChange', 'onFocus']
+		call map(taremeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let tares = tareprop + taremeth
+		" Window - window.
+		let windprop = ['frames', 'closed', 'defaultStatus', 'encodeURI', 'event', 'history',
+					\ 'length', 'location', 'name', 'onload', 'opener', 'parent', 'screen', 'self',
+					\ 'status', 'top', 'XMLHttpRequest', 'ActiveXObject']
+		let windmeth = ['alert', 'blur', 'clearInterval', 'clearTimeout', 'close', 'confirm', 'focus',
+					\ 'moveBy', 'moveTo', 'open', 'print', 'prompt', 'scrollBy', 'scrollTo', 'setInterval',
+					\ 'setTimeout']
+		call map(windmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let winds = windprop + windmeth
+		" XMLHttpRequest - access by new xxx()
+		let xmlhprop = ['onreadystatechange', 'readyState', 'responseText', 'responseXML',
+					\ 'status', 'statusText', 'parseError']
+		let xmlhmeth = ['abort', 'getAllResponseHeaders', 'getResponseHeaders', 'open',
+					\ 'send', 'setRequestHeader']
+		call map(xmlhmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let xmlhs = xmlhprop + xmlhmeth
+
+		" XML DOM
+		" Attributes - element.attributes[x].
+		let xdomattrprop = ['name', 'specified', 'value']
+		" Element - anyelement.
+		let xdomelemprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'firstChild', 'lastChild', 
+					\ 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType', 'nodeValue',
+					\ 'ownerDocument', 'parentNode', 'prefix', 'previousSibling', 'tagName']
+		let xdomelemmeth = ['appendChild', 'cloneNode', 'getAttribute', 'getAttributeNode',
+					\ 'getElementsByTagName', 'hasChildNodes', 'insertBefore', 'normalize',
+					\ 'removeAttribute', 'removeAttributeNode', 'removeChild', 'replaceChild',
+					\ 'setAttribute', 'setAttributeNode']
+		call map(xdomelemmeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let xdomelems = xdomelemprop + xdomelemmeth
+		" Node - anynode.
+		let xdomnodeprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'firstChild', 'lastChild', 
+					\ 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType', 'nodeValue',
+					\ 'ownerDocument', 'parentNode', 'prefix', 'previousSibling']
+		let xdomnodemeth = ['appendChild', 'cloneNode',
+					\ 'hasChildNodes', 'insertBefore', 'removeChild', 'replaceChild']
+		call map(xdomnodemeth, 'v:val."("')
+		let xdomnodes = xdomnodeprop + xdomnodemeth
+		" NodeList 
+		let xdomnliss = ['length', 'item(']
+		" Error - parseError.
+		let xdomerror = ['errorCode', 'reason', 'line', 'linepos', 'srcText', 'url', 'filepos']
+
+		" Find object type declaration to reduce number of suggestions. {{{
+		" 1. Get object name
+		" 2. Find object declaration line
+		" 3. General declaration follows "= new Type" syntax, additional else
+		"    for regexp "= /re/"
+		" 4. Make correction for Microsoft.XMLHTTP ActiveXObject
+		" 5. Repeat for external files
+		let object = matchstr(shortcontext, '\zs\k\+\ze\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$')
+		if len(object) > 0
+			let decl_line = search(object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*', 'bn')
+			if decl_line > 0
+				let object_type = matchstr(getline(decl_line), object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*\zs\k\+\ze')
+				if object_type == 'ActiveXObject' && matchstr(getline(decl_line), object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*ActiveXObject\s*(.Microsoft\.XMLHTTP.)') != ''
+						let object_type = 'XMLHttpRequest'
+				endif
+			else
+				let decl_line = search('var\s*'.object.'\s*=\s*\/', 'bn')
+				if decl_line > 0
+					let object_type = 'RegExp'
+				endif
+			endif
+			" We didn't find var declaration in current file but we may have
+			" something in external files.
+			if decl_line == 0 && exists("b:js_extfiles")
+				let dext_line = filter(copy(b:js_extfiles), 'v:val =~ "'.object.'.\\{-}=\\s*new\\s*"')
+				if len(dext_line) > 0
+					let object_type = matchstr(dext_line[-1], object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*\zs\k\+\ze')
+					if object_type == 'ActiveXObject' && matchstr(dext_line[-1], object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*ActiveXObject\s*(.Microsoft\.XMLHTTP.)') != ''
+							let object_type = 'XMLHttpRequest'
+					endif
+				else
+					let dext_line = filter(copy(b:js_extfiles), 'v:val =~ "var\s*'.object.'\\s*=\\s*\\/"')
+					if len(dext_line) > 0
+						let object_type = 'RegExp'
+					endif
+				endif
+			endif
+		endif
+		" }}}
+
+		if !exists('object_type')
+			let object_type = ''
+		endif
+
+		if object_type == 'Date'
+			let values = dates
+		elseif object_type == 'Image'
+			let values = imags
+		elseif object_type == 'Array'
+			let values = arrays
+		elseif object_type == 'Boolean'
+			" TODO: a bit more than real boolean
+			let values = arrays
+		elseif object_type == 'XMLHttpRequest'
+			let values = xmlhs
+		elseif object_type == 'String'
+			let values = stris
+		elseif object_type == 'RegExp'
+			let values = reges
+		elseif object_type == 'Math'
+			let values = maths
+		endif
+
+		if !exists('values')
+		" List of properties
+		if shortcontext =~ 'Math\.$'
+			let values = maths
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'anchors\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
+			let values = anths
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'area\.$'
+			let values = areas
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'base\.$'
+			let values = bases
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'body\.$'
+			let values = bodys
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'document\.$'
+			let values = docus
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'forms\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
+			let values = forms
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'frameset\.$'
+			let values = fsets
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'history\.$'
+			let values = hists
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'iframe\.$'
+			let values = ifras
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'images\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
+			let values = imags
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'links\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
+			let values = links
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'location\.$'
+			let values = locas
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'meta\.$'
+			let values = metas
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'navigator\.$'
+			let values = navis
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'object\.$'
+			let values = objes
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'screen\.$'
+			let values = scres
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'style\.$'
+			let values = styls
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'table\.$'
+			let values = tabls
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'TableData\.$'
+			let values = tdats
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'TableRow\.$'
+			let values = trows
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'window\.$'
+			let values = winds
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'parseError\.$'
+			let values = xdomerror
+		elseif shortcontext =~ 'attributes\[\d\+\]\.$'
+			let values = xdomattrprop
+		else
+			let values = user_props + arrays + dates + funcs + maths + numbs + objes + reges + stris
+			let values += doms + anths + areas + bases + bodys + docus + forms + frams + fsets + hists
+			let values += ifras + imags + links + locas + metas + navis + objes + scres
+			let values += tabls + trows + tares + winds
+			let values += xdomnodes + xdomnliss + xdomelems
+		endif
+		endif
+
+		for m in values
+			if m =~? '^'.a:base
+				call add(res, m)
+			elseif m =~? a:base
+				call add(res2, m)
+			endif
+		endfor
+
+		unlet! values
+		return res + res2
+
+	endif
+	" }}}
+
+	" Get variables data.
+	let variables = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "var\\s"')
+	call map(variables, 'matchstr(v:val, ".\\{-}var\\s\\+\\zs.*\\ze")')
+	call map(variables, 'substitute(v:val, ";\\|$", ",", "g")')
+	let vars = []
+	" This loop (and next one) is necessary to get variable names from
+	" constructs like: var var1, var2, var3 = "something";
+	for i in range(len(variables))
+		let comma_separated = split(variables[i], ',\s*')
+		call map(comma_separated, 'matchstr(v:val, "\\k\\+")')
+		let vars += comma_separated
+	endfor
+
+	let variables = sort(vars)
+	unlet! vars
+
+	" Add "no var" variables.
+	let undeclared_variables = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "^\\s*\\k\\+\\s*="')
+	let u_vars = []
+	for i in range(len(undeclared_variables))
+		let  split_equal = split(undeclared_variables[i], '\s*=')
+		call map(split_equal, 'matchstr(v:val, "\\k\\+$")')
+		let u_vars += split_equal
+	endfor
+
+	let variables += sort(u_vars)
+	unlet! u_vars
+
+	" Get functions
+	let functions = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "^\\s*function\\s"')
+	let arguments = copy(functions)
+	call map(functions, 'matchstr(v:val, "^\\s*function\\s\\+\\zs\\k\\+")')
+	call map(functions, 'v:val."("')
+	let functions = sort(functions)
+
+	" Create table to keep arguments for additional 'menu' info
+	let b:js_menuinfo = {}
+	for i in arguments
+		let g:ia = i
+		let f_elements = matchlist(i, 'function\s\+\(\k\+\)\s*(\(.\{-}\))')
+		if len(f_elements) == 3
+			let b:js_menuinfo[f_elements[1].'('] = f_elements[2]
+		endif
+	endfor
+
+	" Get functions arguments
+	call map(arguments, 'matchstr(v:val, "function.\\{-}(\\zs.\\{-}\\ze)")')
+	let jargs = join(arguments, ',')
+	let jargs = substitute(jargs, '\s', '', 'g')
+	let arguments = split(jargs, ',')
+	let arguments = sort(arguments)
+
+	" Built-in functions
+	let builtin = ['alert(', 'confirm(']
+
+	" Top-level HTML DOM objects
+	let htmldom = ['document', 'anchor', 'area', 'base', 'body', 'document', 'event', 'form', 'frame', 'frameset', 'history', 'iframe', 'image', 'input', 'link', 'location', 'meta', 'navigator', 'object', 'option', 'screen', 'select', 'table', 'tableData', 'tableHeader', 'tableRow', 'textarea', 'window']
+	call map(htmldom, 'v:val."."')
+
+	" Top-level properties
+	let properties = ['decodeURI', 'decodeURIComponent', 'encodeURI', 'encodeURIComponent',
+				\ 'eval', 'Infinity', 'isFinite', 'isNaN', 'NaN', 'Number', 'parseFloat',
+				\ 'parseInt', 'String', 'undefined', 'escape', 'unescape']
+
+	" Keywords
+	let keywords = ["Array", "Boolean", "Date", "Function", "Math", "Number", "Object", "RegExp", "String", "XMLHttpRequest", "ActiveXObject", "abstract", "boolean", "break", "byte", "case", "catch", "char", "class", "const", "continue", "debugger", "default", "delete", "do", "double ", "else", "enum", "export", "extends", "false", "final", "finally", "float", "for", "function", "goto", "if", "implements", "import", "in ", "instanceof", "int", "interface", "long", "native", "new", "null", "package", "private", "protected", "public", "return", "short", "static", "super ", "switch", "synchronized", "this", "throw", "throws", "transient", "true", "try", "typeof", "var", "void", "volatile", "while", "with"]
+
+	let values = variables + functions + htmldom + arguments + builtin + properties + keywords
+
+	for m in values
+		if m =~? '^'.a:base
+			call add(res, m)
+		elseif m =~? a:base
+			call add(res2, m)
+		endif
+	endfor
+
+	let menu = res + res2
+	let final_menu = []
+	for i in range(len(menu))
+		let item = menu[i]
+		if item =~ '($'
+			let kind = 'f'
+			if has_key(b:js_menuinfo, item)
+				let m_info = b:js_menuinfo[item]
+			else
+				let m_info = ''
+			endif
+		else
+			let kind = 'v'
+			let m_info = ''
+		endif
+		let final_menu += [{'word':item, 'menu':m_info, 'kind':kind}]
+	endfor
+	let g:fm = final_menu
+	return final_menu
+
+endfunction
+
+" vim:set foldmethod=marker:

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Oct 12, 2005
-" Version:	7
+" Date:		Mar 22, 2006
+" Version:	8
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -22,22 +22,27 @@ if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
 endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v7"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v8"
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#Init: {{{1
-"    This functions is here to allow a call to this function to autoload
-"    the netrwFileHandlers.vim file
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#Init()
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Init()")
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Init")
+" netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{2
+fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
+"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
+
+  if a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
+"   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")')
+   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
+  endif
+  
+"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)
+  return 0
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
+" s:NFH_html: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
 "                        cursor is atop a *.html file
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(pagefile)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(".a:pagefile.")")
+fun! s:NFH_html(pagefile)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_html(".a:pagefile.")")
 
   let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
 
@@ -48,19 +53,19 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(pagefile)
 "   call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
    exe "!netscape \"".page.'"'
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_html 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_html 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
+" s:NFH_htm: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
 "                        cursor is atop a *.htm file
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(pagefile)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(".a:pagefile.")")
+fun! s:NFH_htm(pagefile)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_htm(".a:pagefile.")")
 
   let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
 
@@ -71,18 +76,18 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(pagefile)
 "   call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
    exe "!netscape \"".page.'"'
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_htm 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_htm 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg: {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
+" s:NFH_jpg: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
    exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:jpgfile
@@ -90,181 +95,181 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
 "   call Decho("silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".escape(a:jpgfile," []|'"))
    exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:jpgfile.'"'
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif: {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif(giffile)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
+" s:NFH_gif: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_gif(giffile)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
    exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:giffile
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
    exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:giffile.'"'
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_gif 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_gif 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png: {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png(pngfile)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
+" s:NFH_png: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_png(pngfile)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
    exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:pngfile
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
    exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:pngfile.'"'
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_png 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_png 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm: {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
+" s:NFH_pnm: {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
    exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:pnmfile
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
    exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:pnmfile.'"'
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp: visualize bmp files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp(bmpfile<".a:bmpfile.">)")
+" s:NFH_bmp: visualize bmp files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile<".a:bmpfile.">)")
 
   if executable("gimp")
    exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:bmpfile
   elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
    exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:bmpfile.'"'
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf: visualize pdf files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf(pdf)
-"  " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
+" s:NFH_pdf: visualize pdf files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_pdf(pdf)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
   if executable("gs")
    exe 'silent! !gs "'.a:pdf.'"'
   else
-"   " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf 0")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc: visualize doc files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc(doc)
-"  " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
+" s:NFH_doc: visualize doc files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_doc(doc)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
 
   if executable("oowriter")
    exe 'silent! !oowriter "'.a:doc.'"'
    redraw!
   else
-"   " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc 0")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_doc 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_doc 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw: visualize sxw files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw(sxw)
-"  " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
+" s:NFH_sxw: visualize sxw files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_sxw(sxw)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
 
   if executable("oowriter")
    exe 'silent! !oowriter "'.a:sxw.'"'
    redraw!
   else
-"   " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls: visualize xls files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls(xls)
-"  " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
+" s:NFH_xls: visualize xls files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_xls(xls)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
 
   if executable("oocalc")
    exe 'silent! !oocalc "'.a:xls.'"'
    redraw!
   else
-"   " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls 0")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_xls 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_xls 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps: handles PostScript files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps(ps)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps()")
+" s:NFH_ps: handles PostScript files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_ps(ps)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_ps(ps<".a:ps.">)")
   if executable("gs")
+"   call Decho("exe silent! !gs ".a:ps)
    exe "silent! !gs ".a:ps
    redraw!
   elseif executable("ghostscript")
-   exe "silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps
-   redraw!
-  elseif executable("ghostscript")
+"   call Decho("exe silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps)
    exe "silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps
    redraw!
   elseif executable("gswin32")
+"   call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 \"".a:ps.'"')
    exe "silent! !gswin32 \"".a:ps.'"'
    redraw!
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_ps 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_ps 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps: handles encapsulated PostScript files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps(eps)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps()")
+" s:NFH_eps: handles encapsulated PostScript files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_eps(eps)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_eps()")
   if executable("gs")
    exe "silent! !gs ".a:eps
    redraw!
@@ -278,40 +283,42 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps(eps)
    exe "silent! !gswin32 \"".a:eps.'"'
    redraw!
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
    return 0
   endif
-endfun
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig: handles xfig files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig(fig)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig()")
-  if executable("xfig")
-   exe "silent! !xfig ".a:fig
-   redraw!
-  else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig 0")
-   return 0
-  endif
-
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
   return 1
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj: handles tgif's obj files {{{1
-fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj(obj)
-"  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj()")
+" s:NFH_fig: handles xfig files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_fig(fig)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_fig()")
+  if executable("xfig")
+   exe "silent! !xfig ".a:fig
+   redraw!
+  else
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_fig 0")
+   return 0
+  endif
+
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_fig 1")
+  return 1
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" s:NFH_obj: handles tgif's obj files {{{1
+fun! s:NFH_obj(obj)
+"  call Dfunc("s:NFH_obj()")
   if has("unix") && executable("tgif")
    exe "silent! !tgif ".a:obj
    redraw!
   else
-"   call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj 0")
+"   call Dret("s:NFH_obj 0")
    return 0
   endif
 
-"  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj 1")
+"  call Dret("s:NFH_obj 1")
   return 1
 endfun
 

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Oct 12, 2005
+" Date:		Mar 22, 2006
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	4
+" Version:	6
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings  = "v4"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings  = "v6"
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " NetrwSettings: {{{1
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   endif
 
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
-  put ='+ NetrwSettings:  (by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.)'
-  put ='+  Press ? with cursor atop any line for help  '
+  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
+  put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
   let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
 
@@ -89,7 +89,14 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
   put = 'let g:netrw_alto              = '.g:netrw_alto
   put = 'let g:netrw_altv              = '.g:netrw_altv
+  put = 'let g:netrw_browse_split      = '.g:netrw_browse_split
+  if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
+  else
+   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
+  put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse        = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd      = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_hide              = '.g:netrw_hide
@@ -125,7 +132,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
 
   set nomod
 
-  map <buffer> <silent> ? :call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
+  map <buffer> <silent> <F1> :call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
   let tmpfile= tempname()
   exe 'au BufWriteCmd	Netrw\ Settings	silent w! '.tmpfile.'|so '.tmpfile.'|call delete("'.tmpfile.'")|set nomod'
 endfun

runtime/autoload/paste.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+" Vim support file to help with paste mappings and menus
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+" Last Change:	2006 Mar 09
+
+" Define the string to use for items that are present both in Edit, Popup and
+" Toolbar menu.  Also used in mswin.vim and macmap.vim.
+
+" Pasting blockwise and linewise selections is not possible in Insert and
+" Visual mode without the +virtualedit feature.  They are pasted as if they
+" were characterwise instead.  Add to that some tricks to leave the cursor in
+" the right position, also for "gi".
+if has("virtualedit")
+  let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
+  let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
+  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = '<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . 'gi'
+
+  func! paste#Paste()
+    let ove = &ve
+    set ve=all
+    normal! `^
+    if @+ != ''
+      normal! "+gP
+    endif
+    let c = col(".")
+    normal! i
+    if col(".") < c	" compensate for i<ESC> moving the cursor left
+      normal! l
+    endif
+    let &ve = ove
+  endfunc
+else
+  let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': "\"=@+.'xy'<CR>gPFx\"_2x"}
+  let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>gix<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_x'
+  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = 'x<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_s'
+endif
+
+if has("virtualedit")
+else
+endif

runtime/autoload/pycomplete.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,20 @@
 "pycomplete.vim - Omni Completion for python
 " Maintainer: Aaron Griffin
-" Version: 0.2
-" Last Updated: 5 January 2006
+" Version: 0.3
+" Last Updated: 23 January 2006
+"
+"   v0.3 Changes:
+"       added top level def parsing
+"       for safety, call returns are not evaluated
+"       handful of parsing changes
+"       trailing ( and . characters
+"       argument completion on open parens
+"       stop parsing at current line - ++performance, local var resolution
 "
 "   TODO
-"   * local variables *inside* class members
+"       RExec subclass
+"       Code cleanup + make class
+"       use internal dict, not globals()
 
 if !has('python')
     echo "Error: Required vim compiled with +python"
@@ -20,10 +30,10 @@ function! pycomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let idx -= 1
             let c = line[idx-1]
             if c =~ '\w'
-				continue
-			elseif ! c =~ '\.'
+                continue
+            elseif ! c =~ '\.'
                 idx = -1
-				break
+                break
             else
                 break
             endif
@@ -39,79 +49,222 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:DefPython()
 python << PYTHONEOF
-import vim
-import sys
+import vim, sys, types
 import __builtin__
+import tokenize, keyword, cStringIO
 
 LOCALDEFS = \
 	['LOCALDEFS', 'clean_up','eval_source_code', \
 	 'get_completions', '__builtin__', '__builtins__', \
-	 'dbg', '__name__', 'vim', 'sys']
-#comment/uncomment one line at a time to enable/disable debugging
-def dbg(msg):
-    pass
-#    print(msg)
+	 'dbg', '__name__', 'vim', 'sys', 'parse_to_end', \
+     'parse_statement', 'tokenize', 'keyword', 'cStringIO', \
+     'debug_level', 'safe_eval', '_ctor', 'get_arguments', \
+     'strip_calls', 'types', 'parse_block']
 
-#it seems that by this point, vim has already stripped the base
-#  matched in the findstart=1 section, so we will create the
-#  statement from scratch
-def get_completions(base):
-    stmt = vim.eval('expand("<cWORD>")')+base
-    dbg("parsed statement => %s" % stmt)
-    eval_source_code()
+def dbg(level,msg):
+    debug_level = 1
     try:
-        dbg("eval: %s" % stmt)
-        if len(stmt.split('.')) == 1:
-            all = globals().keys() + dir(__builtin__)
-            match = stmt
-        else:
-            rindex= stmt.rfind('.')
-            all = dir(eval(stmt[:rindex]))
-            match = stmt[rindex+1:]
+        debug_level = vim.eval("g:pycomplete_debug_level")
+    except:
+        pass
+    if level <= debug_level: print(msg)
 
+def strip_calls(stmt):
+    parsed=''
+    level = 0
+    for c in stmt:
+        if c in ['[','(']:
+            level += 1
+        elif c in [')',']']:
+            level -= 1
+        elif level == 0:
+            parsed += c
+    ##dbg(10,"stripped: %s" % parsed)
+    return parsed
+
+def get_completions(base):
+    stmt = vim.eval('expand("<cWORD>")')
+    #dbg(1,"statement: %s - %s" % (stmt, base))
+    stmt = stmt+base
+    eval_source_code()
+
+    try:
+        ridx = stmt.rfind('.')
+        if stmt[-1] == '(':
+            match = ""
+            stmt = strip_calls(stmt[:len(stmt)-1])
+            all = get_arguments(eval(stmt))
+        elif ridx == -1:
+            match = stmt
+            all = globals() + __builtin__.__dict__
+        else:
+            match = stmt[ridx+1:]
+            stmt = strip_calls(stmt[:ridx])
+            all = eval(stmt).__dict__
+
+        #dbg(15,"completions for: %s, match=%s" % (stmt,match))
         completions = []
-        dbg("match == %s" % match)
-        for m in all:
-            #TODO: remove private (_foo) functions?
-            if m.find('__') != 0 and \
-               m.find(match) == 0 and \
-			   m not in LOCALDEFS:
-                dbg("matched... %s, %s" % (m, m.find(match)))
-                completions.append(m)
-        dbg("all completions: %s" % completions)
+        if type(all) == types.DictType:
+            for m in all:
+                if m.find('_') != 0 and m.find(match) == 0 and \
+			       m not in LOCALDEFS:
+                    #dbg(25,"matched... %s, %s" % (m, m.find(match)))
+                    typestr = str(all[m])
+                    if "function" in typestr: m += '('
+                    elif "method" in typestr: m += '('
+                    elif "module" in typestr: m += '.'
+                    elif "class" in typestr: m += '('
+                    completions.append(m)
+            completions.sort()
+        else:
+            completions.append(all)
+        #dbg(10,"all completions: %s" % completions)
         vim.command("let g:pycomplete_completions = %s" % completions)
     except:
-        dbg("exception: %s" % sys.exc_info()[1])
         vim.command("let g:pycomplete_completions = []")
+        #dbg(1,"exception: %s" % sys.exc_info()[1])
     clean_up()
 
-#yes, this is a quasi-functional python lexer
+def get_arguments(func_obj):
+    def _ctor(obj):
+        try:
+            return class_ob.__init__.im_func
+        except AttributeError:
+            for base in class_ob.__bases__:
+                rc = _find_constructor(base)
+                if rc is not None: return rc
+        return None
+
+    arg_offset = 1
+    if type(func_obj) == types.ClassType: func_obj = _ctor(func_obj)
+    elif type(func_obj) == types.MethodType: func_obj = func_obj.im_func
+    else: arg_offset = 0
+    
+    #dbg(20,"%s, offset=%s" % (str(func_obj), arg_offset))
+
+    arg_text = ''
+    if type(func_obj) in [types.FunctionType, types.LambdaType]:
+        try:
+            cd = func_obj.func_code
+            real_args = cd.co_varnames[arg_offset:cd.co_argcount]
+            defaults = func_obj.func_defaults or []
+            defaults = list(map(lambda name: "=%s" % name, defaults))
+            defaults = [""] * (len(real_args)-len(defaults)) + defaults
+            items = map(lambda a,d: a+d, real_args, defaults)
+            if func_obj.func_code.co_flags & 0x4:
+                items.append("...")
+            if func_obj.func_code.co_flags & 0x8:
+                items.append("***")
+            arg_text = ", ".join(items) + ')'
+
+        except:
+            #dbg(1,"exception: %s" % sys.exc_info()[1])
+            pass
+    if len(arg_text) == 0:
+        # The doc string sometimes contains the function signature
+        #  this works for alot of C modules that are part of the
+        #  standard library
+        doc = getattr(func_obj, '__doc__', '')
+        if doc:
+            doc = doc.lstrip()
+            pos = doc.find('\n')
+            if pos > 0:
+                sigline = doc[:pos]
+                lidx = sigline.find('(')
+                ridx = sigline.find(')')
+                retidx = sigline.find('->')
+                ret = sigline[retidx+2:].strip()
+                if lidx > 0 and ridx > 0:
+                    arg_text = sigline[lidx+1:ridx] + ')'
+                    if len(ret) > 0: arg_text += ' #returns %s' % ret
+    #dbg(15,"argument completion: %s" % arg_text)
+    return arg_text
+
+def parse_to_end(gen):
+    stmt=''
+    level = 0
+    for type, str, begin, end, line in gen:
+        if line == vim.eval('getline(\'.\')'): break
+        elif str == '\\': continue
+        elif str == ';':
+            break
+        elif type == tokenize.NEWLINE and level == 0:
+            break
+        elif str in ['[','(']:
+            level += 1
+        elif str in [')',']']:
+            level -= 1
+        elif level == 0:
+            stmt += str
+        #dbg(10,"current statement: %s" % stmt)
+    return stmt
+
+def parse_block(gen):
+    lines = []
+    level = 0
+    for type, str, begin, end, line in gen:
+        if line.replace('\n','') == vim.eval('getline(\'.\')'): break
+        elif type == tokenize.INDENT:
+            level += 1
+        elif type == tokenize.DEDENT:
+            level -= 1
+            if level == 0: break;
+        else:
+            stmt = parse_statement(gen,str)
+            if len(stmt) > 0: lines.append(stmt)
+    return lines
+
+def parse_statement(gen,curstr=''):
+    var = curstr
+    type, str, begin, end, line = gen.next()
+    if str == '=':
+        type, str, begin, end, line = gen.next()
+        if type == tokenize.NEWLINE:
+            return ''
+        elif type == tokenize.STRING or str == 'str':  
+            return '%s = str' % var
+        elif str == '[' or str == 'list':
+            return '%s= list' % var
+        elif str == '{' or str == 'dict':
+            return '%s = dict' % var
+        elif type == tokenize.NUMBER:
+            return '%s = 0' % var
+        elif str == 'Set': 
+            return '%s = Set' % var
+        elif str == 'open' or str == 'file':
+            return '%s = file' % var
+        else:
+            inst = str + parse_to_end(gen)
+            if len(inst) > 0:
+                #dbg(5,"found [%s = %s]" % (var, inst))
+                return '%s = %s' % (var, inst)
+    return ''
+
 def eval_source_code():
-    import tokenize
-    import keyword
-    import StringIO
-    s = StringIO.StringIO('\n'.join(vim.current.buffer[:]) + '\n')
+    LINE=vim.eval('getline(\'.\')')
+    s = cStringIO.StringIO('\n'.join(vim.current.buffer[:]) + '\n')
     g = tokenize.generate_tokens(s.readline)
 
     stmts = []
     lineNo = 0
     try:
         for type, str, begin, end, line in g:
-            if begin[0] == lineNo:
-                continue
+            if line.replace('\n','') == vim.eval('getline(\'.\')'): break
+            elif begin[0] == lineNo: continue
             #junk
             elif type == tokenize.INDENT or \
                  type == tokenize.DEDENT or \
                  type == tokenize.ERRORTOKEN or \
                  type == tokenize.ENDMARKER or \
-                 type == tokenize.NEWLINE:
+                 type == tokenize.NEWLINE or \
+                 type == tokenize.COMMENT:
                 continue
             #import statement
             elif str == 'import':
-                for type, str, begin, end, line in g:
-                    if str == ';' or type == tokenize.NEWLINE: break
-                    dbg("found [import %s]" % str)
-                    stmts.append("import %s" % str)
+                import_stmt=parse_to_end(g)
+                if len(import_stmt) > 0:
+                    #dbg(5,"found [import %s]" % import_stmt)
+                    stmts.append("import %s" % import_stmt)
             #import from statement
             elif str == 'from':
                 type, str, begin, end, line = g.next()
@@ -119,87 +272,68 @@ def eval_source_code():
 
                 type, str, begin, end, line = g.next()
                 if str != "import": break
-                mem = ''
+                from_stmt=parse_to_end(g)
+                if len(from_stmt) > 0:
+                    #dbg(5,"found [from %s import %s]" % (mod, from_stmt))
+                    stmts.append("from %s import %s" % (mod, from_stmt))
+            #def statement
+            elif str == 'def':
+                funcstr = ''
                 for type, str, begin, end, line in g:
-                    if str == ';' or type == tokenize.NEWLINE: break
-                    mem += (str + ',')
-                if len(mem) > 0:
-                    dbg("found [from %s import %s]" % (mod, mem[:-1]))
-                    stmts.append("from %s import %s" % (mod, mem[:-1]))
+                    if line.replace('\n','') == vim.eval('getline(\'.\')'): break
+                    elif str == ':':
+                        stmts += parse_block(g)
+                        break
+                    funcstr += str
+                if len(funcstr) > 0:
+                    #dbg(5,"found [def %s]" % funcstr)
+                    stmts.append("def %s:\n   pass" % funcstr)
             #class declaration
             elif str == 'class':
                 type, str, begin, end, line = g.next()
                 classname = str
-                dbg("found [class %s]" % classname)
+                #dbg(5,"found [class %s]" % classname)
 
                 level = 0
                 members = []
-                #we don't care about the meat of the members,
-                # only the signatures, so we'll replace the bodies
-                # with 'pass' for evaluation
                 for type, str, begin, end, line in g:
-                    if type == tokenize.INDENT:
+                    if line.replace('\n','') == vim.eval('getline(\'.\')'): break
+                    elif type == tokenize.INDENT:
                         level += 1
                     elif type == tokenize.DEDENT:
                         level -= 1
                         if level == 0: break;
                     elif str == 'def':
-                        #TODO: if name begins with '_', keep private
                         memberstr = ''
                         for type, str, begin, end, line in g:
-                            if str == ':': break
+                            if line.replace('\n','') == vim.eval('getline(\'.\')'): break
+                            elif str == ':':
+                                stmts += parse_block(g)
+                                break
                             memberstr += str
-                        dbg("   member [%s]" % memberstr)
+                        #dbg(5,"   member [%s]" % memberstr)
                         members.append(memberstr)
-                    #TODO parse self.blah = something lines
-                    #elif str == "self" && next && str == "." ...blah...
                 classstr = 'class %s:' % classname
                 for m in members:
                     classstr += ("\n   def %s:\n      pass" % m)
                 stmts.append("%s\n" % classstr)
             elif keyword.iskeyword(str) or str in globals():
-                dbg("keyword = %s" % str)
+                #dbg(5,"keyword = %s" % str)
                 lineNo = begin[0]
             else:
-                if line.find("=") == -1: continue
-                var = str
-                type, str, begin, end, line = g.next()
-                dbg('next = %s' % str)
-                if str != '=': continue
-
-                type, str, begin, end, line = g.next()
-                if type == tokenize.NEWLINE:
-                    continue
-                elif type == tokenize.STRING or str == 'str':  
-                    stmts.append('%s = str' % var)
-                elif str == '[' or str == 'list':
-                    stmts.append('%s= list' % var)
-                elif str == '{' or str == 'dict':
-                    stmts.append('%s = dict' % var)
-                elif type == tokenize.NUMBER:
-                    continue
-                elif str == 'Set': 
-                    stmts.append('%s = Set' % var)
-                elif str == 'open' or str == 'file':
-                    stmts.append('%s = file' % var)
-                else:
-                    inst = str
-                    for type, str, begin, end, line in g:
-                        if type == tokenize.NEWLINE:
-                            break
-                        inst += str
-                    if len(inst) > 0:
-                        dbg("found [%s = %s]" % (var, inst))
-                        stmts.append('%s = %s' % (var, inst))
-                lineNo = begin[0]
+                assign = parse_statement(g,str)
+                if len(assign) > 0: stmts.append(assign)
+                
         for s in stmts:
             try:
-                dbg("evaluating: %s\n" % s)
+                #dbg(15,"evaluating: %s\n" % s)
                 exec(s) in globals()
             except:
+                #dbg(1,"exception: %s" % sys.exc_info()[1])
                 pass
     except:
-        dbg("exception: %s" % sys.exc_info()[1])
+        #dbg(1,"exception: %s" % sys.exc_info()[1])
+        pass
 
 def clean_up():
     for o in globals().keys():
@@ -212,5 +346,6 @@ sys.path.extend(['.','..'])
 PYTHONEOF
 endfunction
 
+let g:pycomplete_debug_level = 0
 call s:DefPython()
 " vim: set et ts=4:

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+" Vim script to download a missing spell file
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+" Last Change:	2006 Feb 01
+
+if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
+  let g:spellfile_URL = 'ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/runtime/spell'
+endif
+let s:spellfile_URL = ''    " Start with nothing so that s:donedict is reset.
+
+" This function is used for the spellfile plugin.
+function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
+  " If the netrw plugin isn't loaded we silently skip everything.
+  if !exists(":Nread")
+    if &verbose
+      echomsg 'spellfile#LoadFile(): Nread command is not available.'
+    endif
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " If the URL changes we try all files again.
+  if s:spellfile_URL != g:spellfile_URL
+    let s:donedict = {}
+    let s:spellfile_URL = g:spellfile_URL
+  endif
+
+  " I will say this only once!
+  if has_key(s:donedict, a:lang . &enc)
+    if &verbose
+      echomsg 'spellfile#LoadFile(): Tried this language/encoding before.'
+    endif
+    return
+  endif
+  let s:donedict[a:lang . &enc] = 1
+
+  " Find spell directories we can write in.
+  let dirlist = []
+  let dirchoices = '&Cancel'
+  for dir in split(globpath(&rtp, 'spell'), "\n")
+    if filewritable(dir) == 2
+      call add(dirlist, dir)
+      let dirchoices .= "\n&" . len(dirlist)
+    endif
+  endfor
+  if len(dirlist) == 0
+    if &verbose
+      echomsg 'spellfile#LoadFile(): There is no writable spell directory.'
+    endif
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let msg = 'Cannot find spell file for "' . a:lang . '" in ' . &enc
+  let msg .= "\nDo you want me to try downloading it?"
+  if confirm(msg, "&Yes\n&No", 2) == 1
+    let enc = &encoding
+    if enc == 'iso-8859-15'
+      let enc = 'latin1'
+    endif
+    let fname = a:lang . '.' . enc . '.spl'
+
+    " Split the window, read the file into a new buffer.
+    new
+    setlocal bin
+    echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
+    exe 'Nread ' g:spellfile_URL . '/' . fname
+    if getline(2) !~ 'VIMspell'
+      " Didn't work, perhaps there is an ASCII one.
+      g/^/d
+      let fname = a:lang . '.ascii.spl'
+      echo 'Could not find it, trying ' . fname . '...'
+      exe 'Nread ' g:spellfile_URL . '/' . fname
+      if getline(2) !~ 'VIMspell'
+	echo 'Sorry, downloading failed'
+	bwipe!
+	return
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    " Delete the empty first line and mark the file unmodified.
+    1d
+    set nomod
+
+    let msg = "In which directory do you want to write the file:"
+    for i in range(len(dirlist))
+      let msg .= "\n" . (i + 1) . '. ' . dirlist[i]
+    endfor
+    let dirchoice = confirm(msg, dirchoices) - 2
+    if dirchoice >= 0
+      exe "write " . escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ') . '/' . fname
+
+      " Also download the .sug file, if the user wants to.
+      let msg = "Do you want me to try getting the .sug file?\n"
+      let msg .= "This will improve making suggestions for spelling mistakes,\n"
+      let msg .= "but it uses quite a bit of memory."
+      if confirm(msg, "&No\n&Yes") == 2
+	g/^/d
+	let fname = substitute(fname, '\.spl$', '.sug', '')
+	echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
+	exe 'Nread ' g:spellfile_URL . '/' . fname
+	if getline(2) !~ 'VIMsug'
+	  echo 'Sorry, downloading failed'
+	else
+	  1d
+	  exe "write " . escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ') . '/' . fname
+	endif
+	set nomod
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    bwipe
+  endif
+endfunc

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
-" Version:     1.0
-" Last Change: Sun Jan 08 2006 10:17:51 PM
+" Version:     1.2
+" Last Change: Sat Mar 18 2006 8:25:30 PM
 
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
-if exists('&ofu')
-    setlocal ofu=syntaxcomplete#Complete
+" This check is in place in case this script is
+" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
+if exists('+omnifunc')
+    " Do not set the option if already set since this
+    " results in an E117 warning.
+    if &omnifunc == ""
+        setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
+    endif
 endif
 
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
@@ -22,6 +28,7 @@ let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
 
 let s:cache_name = []
 let s:cache_list = []
+let s:prepended  = ''
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
 function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
@@ -62,7 +69,7 @@ function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     if list_idx > -1
         let compl_list = s:cache_list[list_idx]
     else
-        let compl_list = s:SyntaxList()
+        let compl_list = OmniSyntaxList()
         let s:cache_name  = add( s:cache_name,  &filetype )
         let s:cache_list  = add( s:cache_list,  compl_list )
     endif
@@ -78,7 +85,7 @@ function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     return compl_list
 endfunc
 
-function! s:SyntaxList()
+function! OmniSyntaxList()
     let saveL = @l
     
     " Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
@@ -86,63 +93,146 @@ function! s:SyntaxList()
     " work generically for any filetype that does not already
     " have a plugin defined.
     " This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
-    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\sytax 
+    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax 
     " directory.
     redir @l
     silent! exec 'syntax list '
     redir END
 
-    let syntax_groups = @l
+    let syntax_full = "\n".@l
     let @l = saveL
 
-    if syntax_groups =~ 'E28' 
-                \ || syntax_groups =~ 'E411'
-                \ || syntax_groups =~ 'E415'
-                \ || syntax_groups =~ 'No sytax items'
-        return -1
+    if syntax_full =~ 'E28' 
+                \ || syntax_full =~ 'E411'
+                \ || syntax_full =~ 'E415'
+                \ || syntax_full =~ 'No Syntax items'
+        return []
     endif
 
-    " Abort names - match, links to, matchgroup=, start=, contains=, contained,
-    "               cluster=, nextgroup=, end=
+    " Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
+    let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} = ''
+    " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
+    if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.&filetype)
+        let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =
+                    \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{&filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+        if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =~ '\w'
+            let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} = 
+                        \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{&filetype}, 
+                        \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
+                        \ )
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    " Default the exclude group to nothing
+    let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} = ''
+    " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
+    if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.&filetype)
+        let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =
+                    \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+        if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =~ '\w' 
+            let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} = 
+                        \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}, 
+                        \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
+                        \ )
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current 
+    " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+    " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+    " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+    " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
     let next_group_regex = '\n' .
                 \ '\zs'.&filetype.'\w\+\ze'.
-                \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'.
-                \ '\<\('.
-                \ substitute(s:syn_remove_words, ',', '\\|', 'g').
-                \ '\)\@!'
+                \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
     let syn_list = ''
     let index    = 0
-    let index    = match(syntax_groups, next_group_regex, index)
-
+    let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
 
     while index > 0
-        let group_name = matchstr( syntax_groups, '\w\+', index )
+        let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
 
-        let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxGroupItems(group_name)
+        let get_syn_list = 1
+        " if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} == ''
+        "     if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} != ''
+        "         if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+        "             let get_syn_list = 0
+        "         endif
+        "     endif
+        " else
+        "     if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{&filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+        "         let get_syn_list = 0
+        "     endif
+        " endif
+        if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} != ''
+            if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                let get_syn_list = 0
+            endif
+        endif
+    
+        if get_syn_list == 1
+            if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} != ''
+                if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{&filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                    let get_syn_list = 0
+                endif
+            endif
+        endif
 
-        let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+        if get_syn_list == 1
+            " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we 
+            " are interested in.
+            let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+
+            let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+        endif
 
         let index = index + strlen(group_name)
-        let index = match(syntax_groups, next_group_regex, index)
+        let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
     endwhile
 
-    return sort(split(syn_list))
+    " Convert the string to a List and sort it.
+    let compl_list = sort(split(syn_list))
+
+    if &filetype == 'vim'
+        let short_compl_list = []
+        for i in range(len(compl_list))
+            if i == len(compl_list)-1
+                let next = i
+            else
+                let next = i + 1
+            endif
+            if  compl_list[next] !~ '^'.compl_list[i].'.$'
+                let short_compl_list += [compl_list[i]]
+            endif
+        endfor
+
+        return short_compl_list
+    else
+        return compl_list
+    endif
 endfunction
 
-function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
-    let saveL = @l
-    
-    " Generate (based on the syntax highlight rules) a list of
-    " the Statements, functions, keywords and so on available
-    " If this needs updating, the syntax\sql.vim file should be
-    " updated
-    redir @l
-    silent! exec 'syntax list ' . a:group_name
-    redir END
+function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
-    if @l !~ 'E28'
+    let syn_list = ""
+
+    " From the full syntax listing, strip out the portion for the
+    " request group.
+    " Query:
+    "     \n           - must begin with a newline
+    "     a:group_name - the group name we are interested in
+    "     \s\+xxx\s\+  - group names are always followed by xxx
+    "     \zs          - start the match
+    "     .\{-}        - everything ...
+    "     \ze          - end the match
+    "     \n\w         - at the first newline starting with a character
+    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full, 
+                \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze'."\n".'\w'
+                \)
+
+    if syntax_group != ""
         " let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*\%(contained\s*\)\?', "", '' )
-        let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*', "", '' )
+        " let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*', "", '' )
 
         " We only want the words for the lines begining with
         " containedin, but there could be other items.
@@ -152,7 +242,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
         "    contained nextgroup=...
         " So this will strip off the ending of lines with known
         " keywords.
-        let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<\('.
+        let syn_list = substitute( syntax_group, '\<\('.
                     \ substitute(
                     \ escape( s:syn_remove_words, '\\/.*$^~[]')
                     \ , ',', '\\|', 'g').
@@ -172,8 +262,6 @@ function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
         let syn_list = ''
     endif
 
-    let @l = saveL
-
     return syn_list
 endfunction
 

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+" vimball : construct a file containing both paths and files
+" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Date:   Mar 22, 2006
+" Version: 5
+" GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+"            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
+"            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
+"            No warranty, express or implied.
+"  *** ***   Use At-Your-Own-Risk!   *** ***
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+"  Load Once: {{{1
+if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
+ finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo        = &cpo
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v5"
+set cpo&vim
+
+" =====================================================================
+"  Functions: {{{1
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
+" Vimball Format:
+"     path
+"     filesize
+"     [file]
+"     path
+"     filesize
+"     [file]
+fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,vimballname) range
+"  call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:vimballname.">")
+  let vbname= substitute(a:vimballname,'\.[^.]*$','','e').'.vba'
+  if !a:writelevel && filereadable(vbname)
+   echohl Error | echoerr "(MkVimball) file<".vbname."> exists; use ! to insist" | echohl None
+"   call Dret("MkVimball : file<".vbname."> already exists; use ! to insist")
+   return
+  endif
+
+  " user option bypass
+  let eikeep= &ei
+  set ei=all
+
+  let home   = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
+  let curdir = getcwd()
+  exe "cd ".home
+
+  " record current tab, initialize while loop index
+  let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
+  let linenr   = a:line1
+"  call Decho("curtabnr=".curtabnr)
+
+  while linenr <= a:line2
+   let svfile  = getline(linenr)
+"   call Decho("svfile<".svfile.">")
+ 
+   if !filereadable(svfile)
+    echohl Error | echo "unable to read file<".svfile.">" | echohl None
+    let &ei= eikeep
+    exe "cd ".curdir
+"    call Dret("MkVimball")
+    return
+   endif
+ 
+   " create/switch to mkvimball tab
+   if !exists("vbtabnr")
+    tabnew
+    silent! file Vimball
+    let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
+   else
+    exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+   endif
+ 
+   let lastline= line("$") + 1
+   if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
+	call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.')
+	call setline(2,'UseVimball')
+	call setline(3,'finish')
+	let lastline= 4
+   endif
+   call setline(lastline  ,svfile)
+   call setline(lastline+1,0)
+   exe "$r ".svfile
+   call setline(lastline+1,line("$") - lastline - 1)
+"   call Decho("lastline=".lastline." line$=".line("$"))
+
+  " restore to normal tab
+   exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+   let linenr= linenr + 1
+  endwhile
+
+  " write the vimball
+  exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+  exe "cd ".curdir
+  if a:writelevel
+   exe "w! ".vbname
+  else
+   exe "w ".vbname
+  endif
+"  call Decho("Vimball<".vbname."> created")
+  echo "Vimball<".vbname."> created"
+
+  " remove the evidence
+  setlocal nomod bh=wipe
+  exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+
+  " restore options
+  let &ei= eikeep
+
+"  call Dret("MkVimball")
+endfun
+
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Vimball: {{{2
+fun! vimball#Vimball(really)
+"  call Dfunc("Vimball(really=".a:really.")")
+
+  if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.$'
+   echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
+"   call Dret("Vimball")
+   return
+  endif
+
+  " initialize
+  let regakeep = @a
+  let eikeep   = &ei
+  let vekeep   = &ve
+  let makeep   = getpos("'a")
+  let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
+  set ei=all ve=all
+
+  " set up vimball tab
+  tabnew
+  silent! file Vimball
+  let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
+  let didhelp= ""
+
+  " go to vim plugin home
+  let home   = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
+  let curdir = getcwd()
+"  call Decho("exe cd ".home)
+  exe "cd ".home
+  let linenr  = 4
+  let filecnt = 0
+
+  " give title to listing of (extracted) files from Vimball Archive
+  if a:really
+   echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive" | echohl None
+  else
+   echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive Listing" | echohl None
+  endif
+
+  " apportion vimball contents to various files
+"  call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
+  exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+"  call Decho("linenr=".linenr." line$=".line("$"))
+  while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
+   let fname   = getline(linenr)
+   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)
+   let filecnt = filecnt + 1
+   if a:really
+    echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
+   else
+    echomsg "would extract <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
+   endif
+"   call Decho(linenr.": will extract file<".fname.">")
+"   call Decho((linenr+1).": fsize=".fsize)
+
+   " make directories if they don't exist yet
+   let fnamebuf= fname
+   while fnamebuf =~ '/'
+   	let dirname  = substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','e')
+   	let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','e')
+	if !isdirectory(dirname)
+"	 call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
+	 call mkdir(dirname)
+	endif
+	exe "cd ".dirname
+   endwhile
+   exe "cd ".home
+
+   " grab specified qty of lines and place into "a" buffer
+   exe linenr
+   norm! jjma
+   exe (linenr + fsize + 1)
+   silent norm! "ay'a
+"   call Decho("yanked ".fsize." lines into register-a")
+
+"   call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
+   if didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.txt$'
+   	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.txt$','\1','e')
+"	call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+   endif
+
+   " copy "a" buffer into tab
+"   call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
+   exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+   silent! %d
+   silent norm! "aPGdd1G
+"   call Decho("rega<".@a.">")
+
+   " write tab to file
+   if a:really
+"    call Decho("exe w! ".fname)
+    exe "silent w! ".fname
+   endif
+
+"   call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
+   exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+"   let oldlinenr = linenr " Decho
+   let linenr    = linenr + fsize + 2
+"   call Decho("update linenr= [linenr=".oldlinenr."] + [fsize=".fsize."] + 2 = ".linenr)
+  endwhile
+
+  " set up help
+"  call Decho("about to set up help: didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+  if didhelp != ""
+"   call Decho("exe helptags ".home."/".didhelp)
+   exe "helptags ".home."/".didhelp
+   echomsg "did helptags"
+  endif
+
+  " make sure a "Press ENTER..." prompt appears to keep the messages showing!
+  while filecnt <= &ch
+   echomsg " "
+   let filecnt= filecnt + 1
+  endwhile
+
+  " restore events, delete tab and buffer
+  exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+  setlocal nomod bh=wipe
+  exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+  let &ei= eikeep
+  let @a = regakeep
+  if makeep[0] != 0
+   " restore mark a
+"   call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
+   call setpos("'a",makeep)
+   ka
+  endif
+  exe "cd ".curdir
+
+"  call Dret("Vimball")
+endfun
+
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" =====================================================================
+" Modelines: {{{1
+" vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/xmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
-" Language:	XHTML 1.0 Strict
+" Language:	XML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2005 Nov 22
+" Last Change:	2006 Mar 19
 
 " This function will create Dictionary with users namespace strings and values
 " canonical (system) names of data files.  Names should be lowercase,
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ endfunction
 function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart
     " locate the start of the word
+	let curline = line('.')
     let line = getline('.')
     let start = col('.') - 1
 	let compl_begin = col('.') - 2
@@ -69,11 +70,33 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 	endif
 
 	let b:compl_context = getline('.')[0:(compl_begin)]
-	let b:compl_context = matchstr(b:compl_context, '.*<\zs.*')
+	if b:compl_context !~ '<[^>]*$'
+		" Look like we may have broken tag. Check previous lines. Up to
+		" 10?
+		let i = 1
+		while 1
+			let context_line = getline(curline-i)
+			if context_line =~ '<[^>]*$'
+				" Yep, this is this line
+				let context_lines = getline(curline-i, curline)
+				let b:compl_context = join(context_lines, ' ')
+				break
+			elseif context_line =~ '>[^<]*$' || i == curline
+				" Normal tag line, no need for completion at all
+				" OR reached first line without tag at all
+				let b:compl_context = ''
+				break
+			endif
+			let i += 1
+		endwhile
+		" Make sure we don't have counter
+		unlet! i
+	endif
+	let b:compl_context = matchstr(b:compl_context, '.*\zs<.*')
 
 	" Make sure we will have only current namespace
 	unlet! b:xml_namespace
-	let b:xml_namespace = matchstr(b:compl_context, '^\k*\ze:')
+	let b:xml_namespace = matchstr(b:compl_context, '^<\zs\k*\ze:')
 	if b:xml_namespace == ''
 		let b:xml_namespace = 'DEFAULT'
 	endif
@@ -89,7 +112,10 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
     let res = []
     let res2 = []
 	" a:base is very short - we need context
-	let context = b:compl_context
+	if len(b:compl_context) == 0  && !exists("b:entitiescompl")
+		return []
+	endif
+	let context = matchstr(b:compl_context, '^<\zs.*')
 	unlet! b:compl_context
 
 	" Make entities completion
@@ -111,13 +137,24 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 			let values = intent + values
 		endif
 
-		for m in values
-			if m =~ '^'.a:base
-				call add(res, m.';')
-			endif
-		endfor
+		if len(a:base) == 1
+			for m in values
+				if m =~ '^'.a:base
+					call add(res, m.';')
+				endif
+			endfor
+			return res
+		else
+			for m in values
+				if m =~? '^'.a:base
+					call add(res, m.';')
+				elseif m =~? a:base
+					call add(res2, m.';')
+				endif
+			endfor
 
-		return res
+			return res + res2
+		endif
 
 	endif
 	if context =~ '>'
@@ -194,25 +231,42 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 
 		for m in sort(attrs)
 			if m =~ '^'.attr
-				if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m][0] =~ '^BOOL$'
-					call add(res, m)
-				elseif m =~ '='
-					call add(res, m)
-				else
-					call add(res, m.'="')
-				endif
+				call add(res, m)
 			elseif m =~ attr
-				if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m][0] =~ '^BOOL$'
-					call add(res, m)
-				elseif m =~ '='
-					call add(res, m)
-				else
-					call add(res2, m.'="')
-				endif
+				call add(res2, m)
 			endif
 		endfor
-
-		return res + res2
+		let menu = res + res2
+		let final_menu = []
+		if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}, 'vimxmlattrinfo')
+			for i in range(len(menu))
+				let item = menu[i]
+				if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmlattrinfo'], item)
+					let m_menu = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmlattrinfo'][item][0]
+					let m_info = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmlattrinfo'][item][1]
+				else
+					let m_menu = ''
+					let m_info = ''
+				endif
+				if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item][0] =~ '^\(BOOL\|'.item.'\)$'
+					let item = item
+				else
+					let item .= '="'
+				endif
+				let final_menu += [{'word':item, 'menu':m_menu, 'info':m_info}]
+			endfor
+		else
+			for i in range(len(menu))
+				let item = menu[i]
+				if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item][0] =~ '^\(BOOL\|'.item.'\)$'
+					let item = item
+				else
+					let item .= '="'
+				endif
+				let final_menu += [item]
+			endfor
+		endif
+		return final_menu
 
 	endif
 	" Close tag
@@ -265,25 +319,46 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 	" Deal with tag completion.
 	let opentag = xmlcomplete#GetLastOpenTag("b:unaryTagsStack")
 	let opentag = substitute(opentag, '^\k*:', '', '')
-
-	let tags = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[opentag][0]
-	let context = substitute(context, '^\k*:', '', '')
-
-	if b:xml_namespace == 'DEFAULT'
-		let b:xml_namespace = ''
+	if opentag == ''
+		"return []
+	    let tags = keys(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]})
+		call filter(tags, 'v:val !~ "^vimxml"')
 	else
-		let b:xml_namespace .= ':'
+		let tags = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[opentag][0]
 	endif
 
+	let context = substitute(context, '^\k*:', '', '')
+
 	for m in tags
 		if m =~ '^'.context
-			call add(res, b:xml_namespace.m)
+			call add(res, m)
 		elseif m =~ context
-			call add(res2, b:xml_namespace.m)
+			call add(res2, m)
 		endif
 	endfor
-
-	return res + res2
+	let menu = res + res2
+	if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}, 'vimxmltaginfo')
+		let final_menu = []
+		for i in range(len(menu))
+			let item = menu[i]
+			if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmltaginfo'], item)
+				let m_menu = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmltaginfo'][item][0]
+				let m_info = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmltaginfo'][item][1]
+			else
+				let m_menu = ''
+				let m_info = ''
+			endif
+			if b:xml_namespace == 'DEFAULT'
+				let xml_namespace = ''
+			else
+				let xml_namespace = b:xml_namespace.':'
+			endif
+			let final_menu += [{'word':xml_namespace.item, 'menu':m_menu, 'info':m_info}]
+		endfor
+	else
+		let final_menu = menu
+	endif
+	return final_menu
 
   endif
 endfunction
@@ -357,11 +432,11 @@ return ''
 endfunction
 
 function! s:InComment()
-	return synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment'
+	return synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment\|String'
 endfunction
 
 function! s:InCommentAt(line, col)
-	return synIDattr(synID(a:line, a:col, 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment'
+	return synIDattr(synID(a:line, a:col, 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment\|String'
 endfunction
 
 function! s:SetKeywords()

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Dec 21, 2005
-" Version:		6
+" Date:			Mar 22, 2006
+" Version:		7
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ if exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
 
-let g:loaded_zip= "v6"
+let g:loaded_zip     = "v7"
+let s:zipfile_escape = ' ?&;\'
 
 " ----------------
 "  Functions: {{{1
@@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse : file<".a:zipfile."> not readable")
    return
   endif
+"  call Decho("passed sanity checks")
   if &ma != 1
    set ma
   endif
@@ -73,7 +75,8 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
   0d
   $
 
-  exe "silent r! unzip -l ".a:zipfile
+"  call Decho("exe silent r! unzip -l '".escape(a:zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)."'")
+  exe "silent r! unzip -l ".escape(a:zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)
   $d
   silent 4,$v/^\s\+\d\+\s\{0,5}\d/d
   silent  4,$s/^\%(.*\)\s\+\(\S\)/\1/
@@ -111,12 +114,15 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()
 
   " get zipfile to the new-window
   let zipfile= substitute(w:zipfile,'.zip$','','e')
-  let curfile= expand("%")
+  let curfile= escape(expand("%"),s:zipfile_escape)
+"  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
+"  call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
 
   new
   wincmd _
   let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
-  exe "e zipfile:".zipfile.':'.fname
+"  call Decho("exe e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).':'.fname)
+  exe "e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).':'.fname
   filetype detect
 
   let &report= repkeep
@@ -130,11 +136,12 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
   let repkeep= &report
   set report=10
 
-  let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:\(.\{-}\):.*$','\1','')
-  let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:.\{-}:\(.*\)$','\1','')
+  let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:\(.\{-}\):[^\\].*$','\1','')
+  let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:.\{-}:\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
 
-  exe "r! unzip -p ".zipfile." ".fname
+"  call Decho("exe r! unzip -p '".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)."' ".fname)
+  exe "r! unzip -p ".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)." ".fname
 
   " cleanup
   0d

runtime/colors/koehler.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2003 May 02
+" Last Change:	2006 Mar 26
 
 hi clear
 set background=dark
@@ -37,6 +37,12 @@ hi PreProc		  term=underline  ctermfg=darkblue	guifg=#ff80ff
 hi Type			  term=underline  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightgreen  gui=bold  guifg=#60ff60
 hi Error		  term=reverse	ctermfg=darkcyan  ctermbg=black  guifg=Red	guibg=Black
 hi Todo			  term=standout  ctermfg=black	ctermbg=darkcyan  guifg=Blue  guibg=Yellow
+hi CursorLine	  term=underline  guibg=#555555
+hi CursorColumn	  term=underline  guibg=#555555
+hi MatchParen	  term=reverse  guibg=Blue
+hi TabLine		  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
+hi TabLineFill	  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
+hi TabLineSel	  term=reverse	ctermfg=white ctermbg=lightblue guifg=white guibg=blue
 hi link IncSearch		Visual
 hi link String			Constant
 hi link Character		Constant

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	farsi.txt \
 	filetype.txt \
 	fold.txt \
+	getscript.txt \
 	gui.txt \
 	gui_w16.txt \
 	gui_w32.txt \
@@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	pattern.txt \
 	pi_gzip.txt \
 	pi_netrw.txt \
+	pi_paren.txt \
 	pi_spec.txt \
 	pi_tar.txt \
 	pi_zip.txt \
@@ -88,7 +90,9 @@ DOCS = \
 	sponsor.txt \
 	starting.txt \
 	spell.txt \
+	sql.txt \
 	syntax.txt \
+	tabpage.txt \
 	tagsrch.txt \
 	term.txt \
 	tips.txt \
@@ -119,6 +123,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	usr_29.txt \
 	usr_30.txt \
 	usr_31.txt \
+	usr_32.txt \
 	usr_40.txt \
 	usr_41.txt \
 	usr_42.txt \
@@ -133,6 +138,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version6.txt \
 	version7.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
+	vimball.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -152,13 +158,13 @@ HTMLS = \
 	farsi.html \
 	filetype.html \
 	fold.html \
+	getscript.html \
 	gui.html \
 	gui_w16.html \
 	gui_w32.html \
 	gui_x11.html \
 	hangulin.html \
 	hebrew.html \
-	help.html \
 	howto.html \
 	if_cscop.html \
 	if_mzsch.html \
@@ -170,6 +176,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	if_tcl.html \
 	indent.html \
 	index.html \
+	vimindex.html \
 	insert.html \
 	intro.html \
 	map.html \
@@ -195,6 +202,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	pattern.html \
 	pi_gzip.html \
 	pi_netrw.html \
+	pi_paren.html \
 	pi_spec.html \
 	print.html \
 	quickfix.html \
@@ -210,7 +218,9 @@ HTMLS = \
 	sponsor.html \
 	starting.html \
 	spell.html \
+	sql.html \
 	syntax.html \
+	tabpage.html \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	tags.html \
 	term.html \
@@ -242,6 +252,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	usr_29.html \
 	usr_30.html \
 	usr_31.html \
+	usr_32.html \
 	usr_40.html \
 	usr_41.html \
 	usr_42.html \
@@ -256,6 +267,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version6.html \
 	version7.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
+	vimball.txt \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html
@@ -321,6 +333,14 @@ noerrors:
 .txt.html:
 	$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk $< >$@
 
+# index.html is the starting point for HTML, but for the help files it is
+# help.txt.  Therefore use vimindex.html for index.txt.
+index.html: help.txt
+	$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk help.txt >index.html
+
+vimindex.html: index.txt
+	$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk index.txt >vimindex.html
+
 tags.ref tags.html: tags
 	$(AWK) -f maketags.awk tags >tags.html
 
@@ -389,6 +409,7 @@ os_risc.txt:
 os_win32.txt:
 	touch os_win32.txt
 
+# Note that $< works with GNU make while $> works for BSD make.
 vim-fr.UTF-8.1: vim-fr.1
 	iconv -f latin1 -t utf-8 $< >$@
 

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Nadim Shaikli

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 08
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -270,16 +270,28 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 
 	Various
 |FileChangedShell|	Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
+|FileChangedShellPost|	After handling a file changed since editing started
 |FileChangedRO|		before making the first change to a read-only file
 
-|FuncUndefined|		a user function is used but it isn't defined
+|ShellCmdPost|		after executing a shell command
+|ShellFilterPost|	after filtering with a shell command
 
+|FuncUndefined|		a user function is used but it isn't defined
+|SpellFileMissing|	a spell file is used but it can't be found
+|SourcePre|		before sourcing a Vim script
+
+|VimResized|		after the Vim window size changed
 |FocusGained|		Vim got input focus
 |FocusLost|		Vim lost input focus
 |CursorHold|		the user doesn't press a key for a while
+|CursorHoldI|		the user doesn't press a key for a while in Insert mode
+|CursorMoved|		the cursor was moved in Normal mode
+|CursorMovedI|		the cursor was moved in Insert mode
 
 |WinEnter|		after entering another window
 |WinLeave|		before leaving a window
+|TabEnter|		after entering another tab page
+|TabLeave|		before leaving a tab page
 |CmdwinEnter|		after entering the command-line window
 |CmdwinLeave|		before leaving the command-line window
 
@@ -439,6 +451,7 @@ CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*ColorScheme*
 ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
+
 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not re-triggered
@@ -459,6 +472,21 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 					:let &ro = &ro
 <				{only on Amiga, Unix, Win32, MSDOS and all GUI
 				versions}
+							*CursorHoldI*
+CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
+
+							*CursorMoved*
+CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
+				Also when the text of the cursor line has been
+				changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
+				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
+				an operator is pending.
+				For an example see |match-parens|.
+				Careful: Don't do anything that the user does
+				not expect or that is slow.
+							*CursorMovedI*
+CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
+				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
 				changed.  Useful to set up fonts, for example.
@@ -511,6 +539,9 @@ FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				commands for the FileChangedShell event no
 				other FileChangedShell event will be
 				triggered.
+							*FileChangedShellPost*
+FileChangedShellPost		After handling a file that was changed outside
+				of Vim.  Can be used to update the statusline.
 							*FileEncoding*
 FileEncoding			Obsolete.  It still works and is equivalent
 				to |EncodingChanged|.
@@ -619,11 +650,12 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 					c	Commmand line
 							*QuickFixCmdPre*
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
-				|:grep|, |:grepadd|, |:vimgrep|,
-				|:vimgrepadd|). The pattern is matched against
-				the command being run.  When |:grep| is used
-				but 'grepprg' is set to "internal" it still
-				matches "grep".
+				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
+				|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
+				|:vimgrepadd|, |:vimgrepadd|). The pattern is
+				matched against the command being run.  When
+				|:grep| is used but 'grepprg' is set to
+				"internal" it still matches "grep".
 				This command cannot be used to set the
 				'makeprg' and 'grepprg' variables.
 				If this command causes an error, the quickfix
@@ -643,6 +675,21 @@ RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 							*SessionLoadPost*
 SessionLoadPost			After loading the session file created using
 				the |:mksession| command.
+							*ShellCmdPost*
+ShellCmdPost			After executing a shell command with |:!cmd|,
+				|:shell|, |:make| and |:grep|.  Can be used to
+				check for any changed files.
+							*ShellFilterPost*
+ShellFilterPost			After executing a shell command with
+				":{range}!cmd", ":w !cmd" or ":r !cmd".
+				Can be used to check for any changed files.
+							*SourcePre*
+SourcePre			Before sourcing a Vim script. |:source|
+							*SpellFileMissing*
+SpellFileMissing		When trying to load a spell checking file and
+				it can't be found.  <amatch> is the language,
+				'encoding' also matters.  See
+				|spell-SpellFileMissing|.
 							*StdinReadPost*
 StdinReadPost			After reading from the stdin into the buffer,
 				before executing the modelines.  Only used
@@ -680,6 +727,14 @@ Syntax				When the 'syntax' option has been set.
 				where this option was set, and <amatch> for
 				the new value of 'syntax'.
 				See |:syn-on|.
+							*TabEnter*
+TabEnter			Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
+				Before triggering the WinEnter and BufEnter
+				events.
+							*TabLeave*
+TabLeave			Just before leaving a tab page. |tab-page|
+				A WinLeave event will have been triggered
+				first.
 							*TermChanged*
 TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 				for re-loading the syntax file to update the
@@ -714,6 +769,10 @@ VimLeavePre			Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
 				Mostly useful with a "*" pattern. >
 	:autocmd VimLeavePre * call CleanupStuff()
 <				To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
+							*VimResized*
+VimResized			After the Vim window was resized, thus 'lines'
+				and/or 'columns' changed.  Not when starting
+				up though.
 							*WinEnter*
 WinEnter			After entering another window.  Not done for
 				the first window, when Vim has just started.

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Dec 16
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -728,6 +728,7 @@ Examples: >
   :s/\([abc]\)\([efg]\)/\2\1/g	 modifies "af fa bg" to "fa fa gb"
   :s/abcde/abc^Mde/		 modifies "abcde"    to "abc", "de" (two lines)
   :s/$/\^M/			 modifies "abcde"    to "abcde^M"
+  :s/\w\+/\u\0/g		 modifies "bla bla"  to "Bla Bla"
 
 Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way.  Since this is
 not Vi compatible, this was removed.  Use a backslash instead.
@@ -765,6 +766,10 @@ break the line.
 For convenience a <NL> character is also used as a line break.  Prepend a
 backslash to get a real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
 
+When the result is a |List| then the items are joined with separating line
+breaks.  Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line
+breaks themselves.
+
 The whole matched text can be accessed with "submatch(0)".  The text matched
 with the first pair of () with "submatch(1)".  Likewise for further
 sub-matches in ().
@@ -1168,12 +1173,18 @@ The next three commands always work on whole lines.
 
 							*gq*
 gq{motion}		Format the lines that {motion} moves over.
-			If 'formatprg' is empty formatting is done internally
-			and the 'textwidth' option controls the length of each
-			formatted line (see below).
+			Formatting is done with one of three methods:
+			1. If 'formatexpr' is not empty the expression is
+			   evaluated.  This can differ for each buffer.
+			2. If 'formatprg' is not empty an external program
+			   is used.
+			3. Otherise formatting is done internally.
+
+			In the third case the 'textwidth' option controls the
+			length of each formatted line (see below).
 			If the 'textwidth' option is 0, the formatted line
 			length is the screen width (with a maximum width of
-			79).  {not in Vi}
+			79).
 			The 'formatoptions' option controls the type of
 			formatting |fo-table|.
 			The cursor is left on the first non-blank of the last
@@ -1193,8 +1204,8 @@ gqq			Format the current line.  {not in Vi}
 							*gw*
 gw{motion}		Format the lines that {motion} moves over.  Similar to
 			|gq| but puts the cursor back at the same position in
-			the text.  However, 'formatprg' is not used.
-			{not in Vi}
+			the text.  However, 'formatprg' and 'formatexpr' are
+			not used.  {not in Vi}
 
 gwgw							*gwgw* *gww*
 gww			Format the current line as with "gw".  {not in Vi}
@@ -1225,9 +1236,10 @@ white space!).
 
 The 'joinspaces' option is used when lines are joined together.
 
-You can set the 'formatprg' option to the name of an external program for Vim
-to use for text formatting.  The 'textwidth' and other options have no effect
-on formatting by an external program.
+You can set the 'formatexpr' option to an expression or the 'formatprg' option
+to the name of an external program for Vim to use for text formatting.  The
+'textwidth' and other options have no effect on formatting by an external
+program.
 
 							*right-justify*
 There is no command in Vim to right justify text.  You can do it with

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 19
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -172,8 +172,11 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-A				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A* *c_<C-R>_<C-A>*
 				'path' as in |gf|
 			CTRL-W	the Word under the cursor
 			CTRL-A	the WORD under the cursor; see |WORD|
-		When 'incsearch' is set the cursor position of the currently
-		displayed match is used.
+
+		When 'incsearch' is set the cursor position at the end of the
+		currently displayed match is used.  With CTRL-W the part of
+		the word that was already typed is not inserted again.
+
 		{not in Vi}
 		CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when +file_in_path feature is
 		included}
@@ -354,6 +357,7 @@ word before the cursor.  This is available for:
 - File names: Only after a command that accepts a file name or a setting for
   an option that can be set to a file name.  This is called file name
   completion.
+- Shell command names: After ":!cmd", ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd".  $PATH is used.
 - Options: Only after the ":set" command.
 - Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
 - Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.
@@ -398,6 +402,9 @@ CTRL-L		A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor.  If
 		If there are multiple matches the longest common part is
 		inserted in place of the pattern.  If the result is shorter
 		than the pattern, no completion is done.
+		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
+		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-L will add
+		one character from the end of the current match.
 
 The 'wildchar' option defaults to <Tab> (CTRL-E when in Vi compatible mode; in
 a previous version <Esc> was used).  In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
@@ -479,6 +486,7 @@ followed by another command:
     :global
     :help
     :helpfind
+    :lcscope
     :make
     :normal
     :perl
@@ -741,12 +749,13 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 	<afile>    when executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
 		   for a file read or write
 	<abuf>     when executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
-		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" it is the current
-		   buffer, the file being read is not in a buffer).
+		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
+		   the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
+		   buffer).
 	<amatch>   when executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
 		   which this autocommand was executed.  It differs from
 		   <afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
-		   (for FileType and Syntax events).
+		   (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing events).
 	<sfile>    when executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   file name of the sourced file;
 		   when executing a function, is replaced with
@@ -969,6 +978,11 @@ that there will be an extra screen redraw.
 The buffer used for the command-line window is deleted.  Any changes to lines
 other than the one that is executed with <CR> are lost.
 
+If you would like to execute the command under the cursor and then have the
+command-line window open again, you may find this mapping useful: >
+
+	:map <F5> <CR>q:
+
 
 VARIOUS
 

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Dec 17
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 12
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
   A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
   everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
   with it.  ;-)"
+  To use Vim with gdb see: http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
 - Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
   being less consistent over all platforms.  But functional GUI features are
   welcomed.
@@ -187,8 +188,8 @@ strchr()	vim_strchr()	Accepts special characters
 strrchr()	vim_strrchr()	Accepts special characters
 isspace()	vim_isspace()	Can handle characters > 128
 iswhite()	vim_iswhite()	Only TRUE for Tab and space
-memcpy()	vim_memmove()	Handles overlapped copies
-bcopy()		vim_memmove()	Handles overlapped copies
+memcpy()	mch_memmove()	Handles overlapped copies
+bcopy()		mch_memmove()	Handles overlapped copies
 memset()	vim_memset()	Uniform for all systems
 
 

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Sep 21
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -41,12 +41,18 @@ the file.
 
 This only works when a standard "diff" command is available.  See 'diffexpr'.
 
+Diffs are local to the current tab page |tab-page|.  You can't see diffs with
+a window in another tab page.  This does make it possible to have several
+diffs at the same time, each in their own tab page.
+
 What happens is that Vim opens a window for each of the files.  This is like
 using the |-O| argument.  This uses vertical splits.  If you prefer horizontal
 splits add the |-o| argument: >
 
 	vimdiff -o file1 file2 [file3]
 
+If you always prefer horizontal splits include "horizontal" in 'diffopt'.
+
 In each of the edited files these options are set:
 
 	'diff'		on
@@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ In each of the edited files these options are set:
 	'scrollopt'	includes "hor"
 	'wrap'		off
 	'foldmethod'	"diff"
-	'foldcolumn'	2
+	'foldcolumn'	value from 'diffopt', default is 2
 
 These options are set local to the window.  When editing another file they are
 reset to the global value.
@@ -103,7 +109,9 @@ To make these commands use a vertical split, prepend |:vertical|.  Examples: >
 
 	:vert diffsplit main.c~
 	:vert diffpatch /tmp/diff
-<
+
+If you always prefer a vertical split include "vertical" in 'diffopt'.
+
 							*E96*
 There can be up to four buffers with 'diff' set.
 
@@ -113,7 +121,7 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 							*:diffo* *:diffoff*
 :diffoff	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
 
-:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for all windows.
+:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for all windows in the current tab page.
 
 The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
 This may be different from what the values were before diff mode was started,
@@ -345,8 +353,8 @@ get an error message.  Possible causes:
 -  The 'shell' and associated options are not set correctly.  Try if filtering
    works with a command like ":!sort".
 -  You are using 'diffexpr' and it doesn't work.
-If it's not clear what the problem is set the 'verbose' option to see more
-messages.
+If it's not clear what the problem is set the 'verbose' option to one or more
+to see more messages.
 
 The self-installing Vim includes a diff program.  If you don't have it you
 might want to download a diff.exe.  For example from
@@ -374,8 +382,8 @@ will have the same effect.  These variables are set to the file names used:
 
 Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
 
-	let patchexpr=MyPatch
-	function MyPatch
+	set patchexpr=MyPatch()
+	function MyPatch()
 	   :call system("patch -o " . v:fname_out . " " . v:fname_in .
 	   \  " < " . v:fname_diff)
 	endfunction

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Sep 11
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Sep 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 20
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -334,6 +334,22 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file (equivalent to ":e #").
 			(For {Visual} see |Visual-mode|.)
 			{not in VI}
 
+							*gF*
+[count]gF		Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
+			name, then the cursor is positioned on that line in
+			the file. The file name and the number must be
+			separated by a non-filename (see 'isfname') and
+			non-numeric character. White space between the
+			filename, the separator and the number are ignored.
+			Examples: >
+				eval.c:10
+				eval.c @ 20
+				eval.c (30)
+				eval.c 40
+<
+							*v_gF*
+{Visual}[count]gF	Same as "v_gf".
+
 These commands are used to start editing a single file.  This means that the
 file is read into the buffer and the current file name is set.  The file that
 is opened depends on the current directory, see |:cd|.
@@ -398,7 +414,9 @@ You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
 external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
-avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.
+avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  Names are to be separated
+with line breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a
+name.  Line breaks also separate names.
 
 							*++opt* *[++opt]*
 The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
@@ -803,7 +821,7 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 			each file.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
-			Also see |:windo| and |:bufdo|.
+			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo| and |:bufdo|.
 
 Example: >
 	:args *.c
@@ -1014,6 +1032,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and when
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.
+			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
+			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
+			closed |tab-page|.
 
 :conf[irm] q[uit]	Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
 			the last file in the argument list has not been

runtime/doc/evim-pl.1

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "2002 Lut 16"
+.SH NAZWA
+evim \- <20>atwy Vim, edytuj plik w Vimie z ustawieniami dla edycji bez
+tryb<EFBFBD>w
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.br
+.B evim
+[opcje] [plik ...]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH OPIS
+.B eVim
+uruchamia
+.B Vima
+i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywa<77> si<73> jak edytor bez tryb<79>w.
+To jest ca<63>y czas Vim ale u<>ywany jako edytor wska<6B>-i-kliknij.
+Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
+.B eVim
+b<EFBFBD>dzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by w<><77>czy<7A> menu i pasek narz<72>dzi.
+.PP
+Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, kt<6B>rzy naprawd<77> nie potrafi<66> pracowa<77>
+z Vimem w normalny spos<6F>b. Edycja b<>dzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
+.PP
+.B eview
+dzia<EFBFBD>a tak samo, ale zaczyna w trybie tylko do odczytu. Dzia<69>a tak
+samo jak evim \-R.
+.PP
+Zobacz vim(1) by pozna<6E> wi<77>cej szczeg<65><67><EFBFBD>w o Vimie, opcjach, itd.
+.PP
+Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by mo<6D>na by<62>o od razu wpisywa<77>
+tekst.
+.br
+Mapowania s<> ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie dzia<69>a<EFBFBD>o
+z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
+a CTRL-V wkleja. U<>yj CTRL-Q by uzyska<6B> oryginalne znaczenie
+CTRL-V.
+.SH OPCJE
+Zobacz vim(1).
+.SH PLIKI
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
+.SH ZNANY JAKO
+Znany jako "Vim dla frajer<65>w".
+Je<EFBFBD>li u<>ywasz evima oczekuje si<73>, <20>e wyjmiesz chusteczk<7A> do nosa,
+zrobisz w<>z<EFBFBD><7A> w ka<6B>dym rogu i b<>dziesz to nosi<73> na g<>owie.
+.SH ZOBACZ TAK<EFBFBD>E
+vim(1)
+.SH AUTOR
+Wi<EFBFBD>kszo<EFBFBD><EFBFBD> 
+.B Vima
+zosta<EFBFBD>a napisana przez Brama Moolenaara z du<64><75> pomoc<6F> innych os<6F>b.
+Zobacz menu Help/Credits.

runtime/doc/evim-pl.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+.TH EVIM 1 "2002 Lut 16"
+.SH NAZWA
+evim \- łatwy Vim, edytuj plik w Vimie z ustawieniami dla edycji bez
+trybów
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.br
+.B evim
+[opcje] [plik ...]
+.br
+.B eview
+.SH OPIS
+.B eVim
+uruchamia
+.B Vima
+i ustawia opcje tak by zachowywał się jak edytor bez trybów.
+To jest cały czas Vim ale używany jako edytor wskaż-i-kliknij.
+Zachowanie w stlu Notepada dla MS-Windows.
+.B eVim
+będzie zawsze uruchomiony w GUI by włączyć menu i pasek narzędzi.
+.PP
+Przeznaczony tylko dla ludzi, którzy naprawdę nie potrafią pracować
+z Vimem w normalny sposób. Edycja będzie o wiele mniej efektywna.
+.PP
+.B eview
+działa tak samo, ale zaczyna w trybie tylko do odczytu. Działa tak
+samo jak evim \-R.
+.PP
+Zobacz vim(1) by poznać więcej szczegółów o Vimie, opcjach, itd.
+.PP
+Opcja 'insertmode' jest ustawiona by można było od razu wpisywać
+tekst.
+.br
+Mapowania są ustawione tak by Kopiowanie i Wklejanie działało
+z klawiszami MS-Windows. CTRL-X wycina tekst, CTRL-C kopiuje
+a CTRL-V wkleja. Użyj CTRL-Q by uzyskać oryginalne znaczenie
+CTRL-V.
+.SH OPCJE
+Zobacz vim(1).
+.SH PLIKI
+.TP 15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/evim.vim
+Skrypt uruchamiania dla eVima.
+.SH ZNANY JAKO
+Znany jako "Vim dla frajerów".
+Jeśli używasz evima oczekuje się, że wyjmiesz chusteczkę do nosa,
+zrobisz węzęł w każdym rogu i będziesz to nosił na głowie.
+.SH ZOBACZ TAKŻE
+vim(1)
+.SH AUTOR
+Większość 
+.B Vima
+została napisana przez Brama Moolenaara z dużą pomocą innych osób.
+Zobacz menu Help/Credits.

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Sep 16
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.p		g:filetype_p	|ft-pascal-syntax|
 	*.sh		g:bash_is_sh	|ft-sh-syntax|
+	*.tex		g:tex_flavor	|ft-tex-plugin|
 
 							*filetype-ignore*
 To avoid that certain files are being inspected, the g:ft_ignore_pat variable
@@ -536,4 +537,22 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
 file: |pi_spec.txt|.
 
 
+SQL							*ft-sql*
+
+Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
+file: |sql.txt|.
+
+
+TEX							*ft-tex-plugin*
+
+If the first line of a *.tex file has the form >
+	%&<format>
+then this determined the file type:  plaintex (for plain TeX), context (for
+ConTeXt), or tex (for LaTeX).  Otherwise, the file is searched for keywords to
+choose context or tex.  If no keywords are found, it defaults to plaintex.
+You can change the default by defining the variable g:tex_flavor to the format
+(not the file type) you use most:  plain or context or latex.  (Currently no
+other formats are recognized.)
+
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Sep 10
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Sep 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/getscript.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+*getscript.txt*	For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 24
+
+		Get the Latest VimScripts
+
+Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
+						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2005 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+           The VIM LICENSE applies to GetLatestVimScripts.vim and
+           GetLatestVimScripts.txt (see |copyright|) except use
+           "GetLatestVimScripts" instead of "Vim".
+           No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents						*glvs-contents*
+
+	1. Contents.......................................: |glvs-contents|
+	2. GetLatestVimScripts Usage......................: |glvs|
+	3. GetLatestVimScripts Data File..................: |glvs-data|
+	4. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins....................: |glvs-plugins|
+	5. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall................: |glvs-autoinstall|
+	6. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm..................: |glvs-alg|
+	7. GetLatestVimScripts History....................: |glvs-hist|
+
+
+==============================================================================
+2. GetLatestVimScripts Usage	      *getlatestvimscripts* *getscript* *glvs*
+
+	While in vim, type
+>
+		:GetLatestVimScripts
+<
+	Unless its been defined elsewhere,
+>
+		:GLVS
+<
+	will also work.
+
+	The script will attempt to update and, if so directed, automatically
+	install scripts from http://vim.sourceforge.net/.  To do so it will
+	peruse a file, [.vim|vimfiles]/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+	(see |glvs-data|), and examine plugins in your [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin
+	directory (see |glvs-plugins|).
+
+	Scripts which have been downloaded will appear in the .../GetLatest
+	subdirectory.
+
+	The <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file will be automatically be updated to
+	reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+3. GetLatestVimScripts Data File	*getlatestvimscripts-data* *glvs-data*
+
+	The Data file has a header which should appear as:
+>
+		ScriptID SourceID Filename
+		--------------------------
+<
+	Below that are three columns; the first two are numeric followed by a
+	text column.
+
+	The first number on each line gives the script's ScriptID.  When
+	you're about to use a web browser to look at scripts on
+	http://vim.sf.net/, just before you click on the script's link, you'll
+	see a line resembling
+
+	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
+
+	The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
+	download the associated page.
+
+	The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID.  The
+	SourceID records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by
+	vim.sf.net; hence it serves to indicate "when" a script was uploaded.
+	Setting the SourceID to 1 insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume
+	that the script it has is out-of-date.
+
+	The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's
+	page on vim.sf.net; whenever its greater than the one stored in the
+	GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded.
+
+	If your script's author has included a special comment line in his/her
+	plugin, the plugin itself will be used by GetLatestVimScripts to build
+	your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file, including any dependencies on
+	other scripts it may have.
+
+	If your comment field begins with :AutoInstall:, GetLatestVimScripts
+	will attempt to automatically install the script.  Thus,
+	GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a comprehensive ability to keep your
+	plugins up-to-date!
+
+==============================================================================
+4. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins	*getlatestvimscripts-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
+
+
+	If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their
+	plugin, GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to build user's
+	GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
+>
+	                             src_id
+		                            v
+		" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### yourscriptname
+		                        ^
+		                    scriptid
+<   
+	As an author, you should include such a line in to refer to your own
+	script plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it
+	may have.  Same format, of course!
+
+	If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most
+	scripts are, then you may include :AutoInstall: at the start of
+	"yourscriptname".
+
+	GetLatestVimScript commands for those scripts are then appended, if
+	not already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+	file.  Its a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of
+	any scripts your plugins depend upon.
+
+	Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to
+	download your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your
+	not-yet-released hard work.  GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution
+	for this:  put
+>
+		0 0 yourscriptname
+<
+	into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and GetLatestVimScripts will
+	skip examining the "yourscriptname" scripts for those
+	GetLatestVimScript comment lines.  As a result, those lines won't be
+	inadvertently installed into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and
+	subsequently used to download your own scripts.  This is especially
+	important to do if you've included the :AutoInstall: option.
+
+	Be certain to use the same "yourscriptname" in the "0 0
+	yourscriptname" line as you've used in your GetLatestVimScript
+	comment!
+
+
+==============================================================================
+5. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall	*getlatestvimscripts-autoinstall*
+					*glvs-autoinstall*
+
+	GetLatestVimScripts now supports "AutoInstall".  Not all scripts are
+	supportive of auto-install, as they may have special things you need
+	to do to install them (please refer to the script's "install"
+	directions).  On the other hand, most scripts will be
+	auto-installable.
+	
+	To let GetLatestVimScripts do an autoinstall, the data file's comment
+	field should begin with (surrounding blanks are ignored):
+	
+		:AutoInstall:
+	
+	Both colons are needed, and it should begin the comment
+	(yourscriptname) field.
+
+	One may prevent any autoinstalling by putting the following line
+	in your <.vimrc>:
+>
+		let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 0
+<
+	
+	With :AutoInstall: enabled, as it is by default, files which end with
+	
+	  ---.tar.bz2  : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
+	  ---.tar.gz   : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
+	  ---.vim.bz2  : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
+	  ---.vim.gz   : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
+	  ---.zip      : unzipped in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
+	  ---.vim      : moved to [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin directory
+	
+	and which merely need to have their components placed by the
+	untar/gunzip or move-to-plugin-directory process should be
+	auto-installable.
+
+	When is a script not auto-installable?  Let me give an example:
+>
+		[.vim|vimfiles]/after/syntax/blockhl.vim
+<
+	The <blockhl.vim> script provides block highlighting for C/C++
+	programs; it is available at:
+>
+		http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=104
+<
+	Currently, vim's after/syntax only supports by-filetype scripts (in
+	blockhl.vim's case, that's after/syntax/c.vim).  Hence, auto-install
+	would possibly overwrite the current user's after/syntax/c.vim file.
+	
+	In my own case, I use <aftersyntax.vim> (renamed to
+	after/syntax/c.vim) to allow a after/syntax/c/ directory:
+>
+		http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1023
+<
+	The script allows multiple syntax files to exist separately in the
+	after/syntax/c subdirectory.  I can't bundle aftersyntax.vim in and
+	build an appropriate tarball for auto-install because of the potential
+	for the after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's
+	c.vim.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+6. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm	*getlatestvimscripts-algorithm*
+								*glvs-alg*
+
+	The Vim sourceforge page dynamically creates a page by keying off of
+	the so-called script-id.  Within the webpage of
+
+		http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
+
+	is a line specifying the latest source-id (src_id).  The source
+	identifier numbers are always increasing, hence if the src_id is
+	greater than the one recorded for the script in GetLatestVimScripts
+	then its time to download a newer copy of that script.
+
+	GetLatestVimScripts will then download the script and update its
+	internal database of script ids, source ids, and scriptnames.
+
+	The AutoInstall process will:
+
+		Move the file from GetLatest/ to the following directory
+			Unix   : $HOME/.vim
+			Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
+	
+		if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
+			bunzip2 it
+		else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
+			gunzip it
+		if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
+			unzip it
+		else if the resulting file ends with ".tar"
+			tar -oxvf it
+		else if the resulting file ends with ".vim"
+			move it to the plugin subdirectory
+
+
+==============================================================================
+7. GetLatestVimScripts History       *getlatestvimscripts-history* *glvs-hist*
+
+	v20 Dec 23, 2005 : * Eric Haarbauer found&fixed a bug with unzip use;
+	                     unzip needs the -o flag to overwrite.
+	v19 Nov 28, 2005 : * v18's GetLatestVimScript line accessed the wrong
+	                     script! Fixed.
+	v18 Mar 21, 2005 : * bugfix to automatic database construction
+	                   * bugfix - nowrapscan caused an error
+	                     (tnx to David Green for the fix)
+	    Apr 01, 2005   * if shell is bash, "mv" instead of "ren" used in
+	                     :AutoInstall:s, even though its o/s is windows
+	    Apr 01, 2005   * when downloading errors occurred, GLVS was
+	                     terminating early.  It now just goes on to trying
+	                     the next script (after trying three times to
+	                     download a script description page)
+	    Apr 20, 2005   * bugfix - when a failure to download occurred,
+	                     GetLatestVimScripts would stop early and claim that
+	                     everything was current.  Fixed.
+	v17 Aug 25, 2004 : * g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall, which
+	                     defaults to 1, can be used to prevent all
+	                     :AutoInstall:
+	v16 Aug 25, 2004 : * made execution of bunzip2/gunzip/tar/zip silent
+	                   * fixed bug with :AutoInstall: use of helptags
+	v15 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix: the "0 0 comment" download prevention wasn't
+	                     always preventing downloads (just usually).  Fixed.
+	v14 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix -- helptags was using dotvim, rather than
+	                     s:dotvim.  Fixed.
+	v13 Aug 23, 2004 : * will skip downloading a file if its scriptid or srcid
+	                     is zero.  Useful for script authors; that way their
+	                     own GetLatestVimScripts activity won't overwrite
+	                     their scripts.
+	v12 Aug 23, 2004 : * bugfix - a "return" got left in the distribution that
+	                     was intended only for testing.  Removed, now works.
+	                   * :AutoInstall: implemented
+	v11 Aug 20, 2004 : * GetLatestVimScripts is now a plugin:
+	                   * :GetLatestVimScripts command
+	                   * (runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
+	                     now holds scripts that need updating
+	v10 Apr 19, 2004 : * moved history from script to doc
+	v9  Jan 23, 2004 :   windows (win32/win16/win95) will use
+	                     double quotes ("") whereas other systems will use
+	                     single quotes ('') around the urls in calls via wget
+	v8  Dec 01, 2003 :   makes three tries at downloading
+	v7  Sep 02, 2003 :   added error messages if "Click on..." or "src_id="
+	                     not found in downloaded webpage
+	                     Uses t_ti, t_te, and rs to make progress visible
+	v6  Aug 06, 2003 :   final status messages now display summary of work
+	                     ( "Downloaded someqty scripts" or
+	                       "Everything was current")
+	                     Now GetLatestVimScripts is careful about downloading
+	                     GetLatestVimScripts.vim itself!
+	                     (goes to <NEW_GetLatestVimScripts.vim>)
+	v5  Aug 04, 2003 :   missing an endif near bottom
+	v4  Jun 17, 2003 :   redraw! just before each "considering" message
+	v3  May 27, 2003 :   Protects downloaded files from errant shell
+	                     expansions with single quotes: '...'
+	v2  May 14, 2003 :   extracts name of item to be obtained from the
+	                     script file.  Uses it instead of comment field
+	                     for output filename; comment is used in the
+	                     "considering..." line and is now just a comment!
+	                   * Fixed a bug: a string-of-numbers is not the
+	                     same as a number, so I added zero to them
+	                     and they became numbers.  Fixes comparison.
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Aug 07
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ Other GUI documentation:
 1. Starting the GUI				*gui-start* *E229* *E233*
 
 First you must make sure you actually have a version of Vim with the GUI code
-included.  You can check this with the ":version" command, it should include
-"+GUI_Athena", "+GUI_GTK", "+GUI_KDE", "+GUI_Motif" or "MS-Windows ... bit
-GUI version".
+included.  You can check this with the ":version" command, it says "with xxx
+GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, X11-Athena, Photon, GTK, GTK2, etc., or
+"MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version".
 
 How to start the GUI depends on the system used.  Mostly you can run the
 GUI version of Vim with:
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ The X11 version of Vim can run both in GUI and in non-GUI mode.  See
 
 					*gui-init* *gvimrc* *.gvimrc* *_gvimrc*
 When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
-- The termcap options are reset to their default value for the GUI.
+- The 'term' option is set to "builgin_gui" and terminal options are reset to
+  their default value for the GUI |terminal-options|.
 - If the system menu file exists, it is sourced.  The name of this file is
   normally "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim".  You can check this with ":version".  Also
   see |$VIMRUNTIME|.  To skip loading the system menu include 'M' in
@@ -498,6 +499,8 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
 				*:nme* *:nmenu* *:nnoreme* *:nnoremenu*
 				*:ome* *:omenu* *:onoreme* *:onoremenu*
 				*:vme* *:vmenu* *:vnoreme* *:vnoremenu*
+				*:xme* *:xmenu* *:xnoreme* *:xnoremenu*
+				*:sme* *:smenu* *:snoreme* *:snoremenu*
 				*:ime* *:imenu* *:inoreme* *:inoremenu*
 				*:cme* *:cmenu* *:cnoreme* *:cnoremenu*
 				*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
@@ -786,6 +789,8 @@ using the last visual selection.
 						*:nunme* *:nunmenu*
 						*:ounme* *:ounmenu*
 						*:vunme* *:vunmenu*
+						*:xunme* *:xunmenu*
+						*:sunme* *:sunmenu*
 						*:iunme* *:iunmenu*
 						*:cunme* *:cunmenu*
 To delete a menu item or a whole submenu, use the unmenu commands, which are
@@ -954,6 +959,9 @@ This section describes other features which are related to the GUI.
 	    endif
 	endif
 
+A recommended Japanese font is MS Mincho.  You can find info here:
+http://www.lexikan.com/mincho.htm
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Shell Commands					*gui-shell*
 

runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w16.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*gui_w16.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Dec 06
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2003 May 11
+*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2003 May 11
 
 
 	   VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Nov 30
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 24
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ Editing Effectively ~
 |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
 |usr_30.txt|  Editing programs
 |usr_31.txt|  Exploiting the GUI
+|usr_32.txt|  The undo tree
 
 Tuning Vim ~
 |usr_40.txt|  Make new commands
@@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ Making Vim Run ~
 |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
 
 
-REFERENCE MANUAL: These files explain every detail of Vim.
+REFERENCE MANUAL: These files explain every detail of Vim.	*ref-toc*
 
 General subjects ~
 |intro.txt|	general introduction to Vim; notation used in help files
@@ -122,6 +123,7 @@ Advanced editing ~
 |tagsrch.txt|	tags and special searches
 |quickfix.txt|	commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
 |windows.txt|	commands for using multiple windows and buffers
+|tabpage.txt|	commands for using multiple tab pages
 |syntax.txt|	syntax highlighting
 |spell.txt|	spell checking
 |diff.txt|	working with two or three versions of the same file
@@ -186,18 +188,13 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows 95/98/NT
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
-|pi_netrw.txt|	Reading and writing files over a network
 |pi_gzip.txt|	Reading and writing compressed files
-|pi_expl.txt|	File explorer
+|pi_netrw.txt|	Reading and writing files over a network
+|pi_paren.txt|	Highlight matching parens
+|pi_tar.txt|	Tar file explorer
+|pi_zip.txt|	Zip archive explorer
 
 LOCAL ADDITIONS:				*local-additions*
-|cecutil.txt|	DrChip's Utilities				Jun 11, 2004
-|engspchk.txt|	English Spelling Checker   (v61)	Mar 14, 2005
-|example.txt|	Example for a locally added help file
-|matchit.txt|   Extended "%" matching
-|test.txt|	Testing the h<>lp c<>mm<6D>nd n<>w
-|typecorr.txt|	Plugin for correcting typing mistakes
-|helpp.txt|	Dummy line to avoid an error message
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *bars*		Bars example

runtime/doc/howto.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*howto.txt*	For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2001 Sep 03
+*howto.txt*	For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2001 Sep 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -208,6 +208,11 @@ The available subcommands are:
 
 	    USAGE   :cs show
 
+							*:lcscope* *:lcs*
+This command is same as the ":cscope" command, except when the
+'cscopequickfix' option is set, the location list for the current window is
+used instead of the quickfix list to show the cscope results.
+
 							*:cstag* *E257* *E562*
 If you use cscope as well as ctags, |:cstag| allows you to search one or
 the other before making a jump.  For example, you can choose to first

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 05
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -166,7 +166,10 @@ interface.
 Common
 ------
     (command {command-string})	    Perform the vim ":Ex" style command.
-    (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim command string.
+    (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression to a string.
+				    A |List| is turned into a string by
+				    joining the items and inserting line
+				    breaks.
 				    NOTE clashes with MzScheme eval
     (range-start)		    Start/End of the range passed with
     (range-end)			    the Scheme command.

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ Eval(expr)		Evaluate an expression.
 
 This method takes a single parameter, which is an expression in Vim's normal
 format (see |expression|).  It returns a string, which is the result of
-evaluating the expression.
+evaluating the expression.  A |List| is turned into a string by joining the
+items and inserting line breaks.
 
 Examples (Visual Basic syntax) >
 	Line20 = Vim.Eval("getline(20)")

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Oct 14
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -181,6 +181,8 @@ VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, val).
 			value of internal |variables| x, and '$x' is equivalent
 			to perl's $ENV{x}.  All |functions| accessible from
 			the command-line are valid for {expr}.
+			A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items
+			and inserting line breaks.
 
 							*perl-SetHeight*
 Window->SetHeight({height})

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 20
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Oct 14
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -78,23 +78,26 @@ Executing Ruby commands is not possible in the |sandbox|.
 Ruby code gets all of its access to vim via the "VIM" module.
 
 Overview >
-	print "Hello"			# displays a message
-	VIM.command(cmd)		# execute an ex command
-	num = VIM::Window.count		# gets the number of windows
-	w = VIM::Window[n]		# gets window "n"
-	cw = VIM::Window.current	# gets the current window
-	num = VIM::Buffer.count		# gets the number of buffers
-	b = VIM::Buffer[n]		# gets buffer "n"
-	cb = VIM::Buffer.current	# gets the current buffer
-	w.height = lines		# sets the window height
-	w.cursor = [row, col]		# sets the window cursor position
-	pos = w.cursor			# gets an array [row, col]
-	name = b.name			# gets the buffer file name
-	line = b[n]			# gets a line from the buffer
-	num = b.count			# gets the number of lines
-	b[n] = str			# sets a line in the buffer
-	b.delete(n)			# deletes a line
-	b.append(n, str)		# appends a line after n
+	print "Hello"			      # displays a message
+	VIM.command(cmd)		      # execute an ex command
+	num = VIM::Window.count		      # gets the number of windows
+	w = VIM::Window[n]		      # gets window "n"
+	cw = VIM::Window.current	      # gets the current window
+	num = VIM::Buffer.count		      # gets the number of buffers
+	b = VIM::Buffer[n]		      # gets buffer "n"
+	cb = VIM::Buffer.current	      # gets the current buffer
+	w.height = lines		      # sets the window height
+	w.cursor = [row, col]		      # sets the window cursor position
+	pos = w.cursor			      # gets an array [row, col]
+	name = b.name			      # gets the buffer file name
+	line = b[n]			      # gets a line from the buffer
+	num = b.count			      # gets the number of lines
+	b[n] = str			      # sets a line in the buffer
+	b.delete(n)			      # deletes a line
+	b.append(n, str)		      # appends a line after n
+	line = VIM::Buffer.current.line       # gets the current line
+	num = VIM::Buffer.current.line_number # gets the current line number
+	VIM::Buffer.current.line = "test"     # sets the current line number
 <
 
 Module Functions:
@@ -117,6 +120,8 @@ VIM::command({cmd})
 VIM::evaluate({expr})
 	Evaluates {expr} using the vim internal expression evaluator (see
 	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as a string.
+	A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items and inserting
+	line breaks.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. VIM::Buffer objects					*ruby-buffer*
@@ -142,6 +147,11 @@ self[{n}] = {str}
 delete({n})	Deletes a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
 append({n}, {str})
 		Appends a line after the line {n}.
+line            Returns the current line of the buffer if the buffer is
+		active.
+line = {str}    Sets the current line of the buffer if the buffer is active.
+line_number     Returns the number of the current line if the buffer is
+		active.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. VIM::Window objects					*ruby-window*

runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Oct 14
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ Commands:
 	Evaluates the expression {expr} using vim's internal expression
 	evaluator (see |expression|).   Any expression that queries a buffer
 	or window property uses the current buffer/current window.  Returns
-	the result as a string.
+	the result as a string.  A |List| is turned into a string by joining
+	the items and inserting line breaks.
 	Examples: >
 		set perl_available [::vim::expr has("perl")]
 <	See also |tcl-window-expr| and |tcl-buffer-expr|.

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Aug 30
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Aug 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 11
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -541,6 +541,9 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 				   the cursor
 |CTRL-W_f|	CTRL-W f	   split window and edit file name under the
 				   cursor
+|CTRL-W_F|	CTRL-W F	   split window and edit file name under the
+				   cursor and jump to the line number
+				   following the file name.
 |CTRL-W_g_CTRL-]| CTRL-W g CTRL-]  split window and do |:tjump| to tag under
 				   cursor
 |CTRL-W_g]|	CTRL-W g ]	   split window and do |:tselect| for tag
@@ -719,6 +722,9 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   word
 |gf|		gf		   start editing the file whose name is under
 				   the cursor
+|gF|		gF		   start editing the file whose name is under
+				   the cursor and jump to the line number
+				   following the filename.
 |gg|		gg		1  cursor to line N, default first line
 |gh|		gh		   start Select mode
 |gi|		gi		2  like "i", but first move to the |'^| mark
@@ -1069,6 +1075,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:cNfile|	:cNf[ile]	go to last error in previous file
 |:cabbrev|	:ca[bbrev]	like ":abbreviate" but for Command-line mode
 |:cabclear|	:cabc[lear]	clear all abbreviations for Command-line mode
+|:caddbuffer|	:caddb[uffer]	add errors from buffer
 |:caddexpr|	:cad[dexpr]	add errors from expr
 |:caddfile|	:caddf[ile]	add error message to current quickfix list
 |:call|		:cal[l]		call a function
@@ -1081,6 +1088,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:cexpr|	:cex[pr]	read errors from expr and jump to first
 |:cfile|	:cf[ile]	read file with error messages and jump to first
 |:cfirst|	:cfir[st]	go to the specified error, default first one
+|:cgetbuffer|	:cgetb[uffer]	get errors from buffer
+|:cgetexpr|	:cgete[xpr]	get errors from expr
 |:cgetfile|	:cg[etfile]	read file with error messages
 |:changes|	:cha[nges]	print the change list
 |:chdir|	:chd[ir]	change directory
@@ -1141,6 +1150,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:dsearch|	:ds[earch]	list one #define
 |:dsplit|	:dsp[lit]	split window and jump to #define
 |:edit|		:e[dit]		edit a file
+|:earlier|	:ea[rlier]	go to older change, undo
 |:echo|		:ec[ho]		echoes the result of expressions
 |:echoerr|	:echoe[rr]	like :echo, show like an error and use history
 |:echohl|	:echoh[l]	set highlighting for echo commands
@@ -1213,23 +1223,59 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:keepalt|	:keepa[lt]	following command keeps the alternate file
 |:keepmarks|	:kee[pmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
 |:keepjumps|	:keepj[jumps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
+|:lNext|	:lN[ext]	go to previous entry in location list
+|:lNfile|	:lNf[ile]	go to last entry in previous file
 |:list|		:l[ist]		print lines
+|:laddexpr|	:lad[dexpr]	add locations from expr
+|:laddbuffer|	:laddb[uffer]	add locations from buffer
+|:laddfile|	:laddf[ile]	add locations to current location list
 |:last|		:la[st]		go to the last file in the argument list
 |:language|	:lan[guage]	set the language (locale)
+|:later|	:lat[er]	go to newer change, redo
+|:lbuffer|	:lb[uffer]	parse locations and jump to first location
 |:lcd|		:lc[d]		change directory locally
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
+|:lclose|	:lcl[ose]	close location window
+|:lcscope|	:lcs[cope]      like ":cscope" but uses location list
 |:left|		:le[ft]		left align lines
 |:leftabove|	:lefta[bove]	make split window appear left or above
 |:let|		:let		assign a value to a variable or option
+|:lexpr|	:lex[pr]	read locations from expr and jump to first
+|:lfile|	:lf[ile]	read file with locations and jump to first
+|:lfirst|	:lfir[st]	go to the specified location, default first one
+|:lgetbuffer|	:lgetb[uffer]	get locations from buffer
+|:lgetexpr|	:lgete[xpr]	get locations from expr
+|:lgetfile|	:lg[etfile]	read file with locations
+|:lgrep|	:lgr[ep]	run 'grepprg' and jump to first match
+|:lgrepadd|	:lgrepa[dd]	like :grep, but append to current list
+|:lhelpgrep|	:lh[elpgrep]	like ":helpgrep" but uses location list
+|:ll|		:ll		go to specific location
+|:llast|	:lla[st]	go to the specified location, default last one
+|:llist|	:lli[st]	list all locations
+|:lmake|	:lmak[e]	execute external command 'makeprg' and parse
+				error messages
 |:lmap|		:lm[ap]		like ":map!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
 |:lmapclear|	:lmapc[lear]	like ":mapclear!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
+|:lnext|	:lne[xt]	go to next location
+|:lnewer|	:lnew[er]	go to newer location list
+|:lnfile|	:lnf[ile]	go to first location in next file
 |:lnoremap|	:ln[oremap]	like ":noremap!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
 |:loadkeymap|	:loadk[eymap]	load the following keymaps until EOF
 |:loadview|	:lo[adview]	load view for current window from a file
 |:lockmarks|	:loc[kmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
 |:lockvar|	:lockv[ar]	lock variables
+|:lolder|	:lol[der]	go to older location list
+|:lopen|	:lope[n]	open location window
+|:lprevious|	:lp[revious]	go to previous location
+|:lpfile|	:lpf[ile]	go to last location in previous file
+|:lrewind|	:lr[ewind]	go to the specified location, default first one
 |:ls|		:ls		list all buffers
+|:ltag|		:lt[ag]		jump to tag and add matching tags to the
+				location list
 |:lunmap|	:lu[nmap]	like ":unmap!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
+|:lvimgrep|	:lv[imgrep]	search for pattern in files
+|:lvimgrepadd|	:lvimgrepa[dd]	like :vimgrep, but append to current list
+|:lwindow|	:lw[indow]	open or close location window
 |:move|		:m[ove]		move lines
 |:mark|		:ma[rk]		set a mark
 |:make|		:mak[e]		execute external command 'makeprg' and parse
@@ -1271,7 +1317,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:omap|		:om[ap]		like ":map" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:omapclear|	:omapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Operator-pending mode
 |:omenu|	:ome[nu]	add menu for Operator-pending mode
-|:only|		:on[ly]		close all windows except current one
+|:only|		:on[ly]		close all windows except the current one
 |:onoremap|	:ono[remap]	like ":noremap" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:onoremenu|	:onoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:options|	:opt[ions]	open the options-window
@@ -1371,15 +1417,22 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
 |:smagic|	:sm[agic]	:substitute with 'magic'
+|:smap|		:sma[p]		like ":map" but for Select mode
+|:smapclear|	:smapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Select mode
+|:smenu|	:sme[nu]	add menu for Select mode
 |:snext|	:sn[ext]	split window and go to next file in the
 				argument list
 |:sniff|	:sni[ff]	send request to sniff
 |:snomagic|	:sno[magic]	:substitute with 'nomagic'
+|:snoremap|	:snor[emap]	like ":noremap" but for Select mode
+|:snoremenu|	:snoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Select mode
 |:sort|		:sor[t]		sort lines
 |:source|	:so[urce]	read Vim or Ex commands from a file
 |:spelldump|	:spelld[ump]	split window and fill with all correct words
 |:spellgood|	:spe[llgood]	add good word for spelling
+|:spellinfo|	:spelli[nfo]	show info about loaded spell files
 |:spellrepall|	:spellr[epall]	replace all bad words like last |z=|
+|:spellundo|	:spellu[ndo]	remove good or bad word
 |:spellwrong|	:spellw[rong]	add spelling mistake
 |:split|	:sp[lit]	split current window
 |:sprevious|	:spr[evious]	split window and go to previous file in the
@@ -1395,6 +1448,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:stjump|	:stj[ump]	do ":tjump" and split window
 |:stselect|	:sts[elect]	do ":tselect" and split window
 |:sunhide|	:sun[hide]	same as ":unhide"
+|:sunmap|	:sunm[ap]	like ":unmap" but for Select mode
+|:sunmenu|	:sunme[nu]	remove menu for Select mode
 |:suspend|	:sus[pend]	same as ":stop"
 |:sview|	:sv[iew]	split window and edit file read-only
 |:swapname|	:sw[apname]	show the name of the current swap file
@@ -1402,6 +1457,21 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:syncbind|	:sync[bind]	sync scroll binding
 |:t|		:t		same as ":copy"
 |:tNext|	:tN[ext]	jump to previous matching tag
+|:tabNext|	:tabN[ext]	go to previous tab page
+|:tabclose|	:tabc[lose]	close current tab page
+|:tabdo|	:tabdo		execute command in each tab page
+|:tabedit|	:tabe[dit]	edit a file in a new tab page
+|:tabfind|	:tabf[ind]	find file in 'path', edit it in a new tab page
+|:tabfirst|	:tabfir[st]	got to first tab page
+|:tablast|	:tabl[ast]	got to last tab page
+|:tabmove|	:tabm[ove]	move tab page to other position
+|:tabnew|	:tabnew		edit a file in a new tab page
+|:tabnext|	:tabn[ext]	go to next tab page
+|:tabonly|	:tabo[nly]	close all tab pages except the current one
+|:tabprevious|	:tabp[revious]	go to previous tab page
+|:tabrewind|	:tabr[ewind]	got to first tab page
+|:tabs|		:tabs		list the tab pages and what they contain
+|:tab|		:tab		create new tab when opening new window
 |:tag|		:ta[g]		jump to tag
 |:tags|		:tags		show the contents of the tag stack
 |:tcl|		:tc[l]		execute Tcl command
@@ -1422,6 +1492,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:tselect|	:ts[elect]	list matching tags and select one
 |:tunmenu|	:tu[nmenu]	remove menu tooltip
 |:undo|		:u[ndo]		undo last change(s)
+|:undojoin|	:undoj[oin]	join next change with previous undo block
+|:undolist|	:undol[ist]	list leafs of the undo tree
 |:unabbreviate|	:una[bbreviate]	remove abbreviation
 |:unhide|	:unh[ide]	open a window for each loaded file in the
 				buffer list
@@ -1439,15 +1511,15 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:visual|	:vi[sual]	same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode
 |:viusage|	:viu[sage]	overview of Normal mode commands
 |:view|		:vie[w]		edit a file read-only
-|:vmap|		:vm[ap]		like ":map" but for Visual mode
-|:vmapclear|	:vmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Visual mode
-|:vmenu|	:vme[nu]	add menu for Visual mode
-|:vnoremap|	:vn[oremap]	like ":noremap" but for Visual mode
+|:vmap|		:vm[ap]		like ":map" but for Visual+Select mode
+|:vmapclear|	:vmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Visual+Select mode
+|:vmenu|	:vme[nu]	add menu for Visual+Select mode
 |:vnew|		:vne[w]		create a new empty window, vertically split
-|:vnoremenu|	:vnoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Visual mode
+|:vnoremap|	:vn[oremap]	like ":noremap" but for Visual+Select mode
+|:vnoremenu|	:vnoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Visual+Select mode
 |:vsplit|	:vs[plit]	split current window vertically
-|:vunmap|	:vu[nmap]	like ":unmap" but for Visual mode
-|:vunmenu|	:vunme[nu]	remove menu for Visual mode
+|:vunmap|	:vu[nmap]	like ":unmap" but for Visual+Select mode
+|:vunmenu|	:vunme[nu]	remove menu for Visual+Select mode
 |:windo|	:windo		execute command in each window
 |:write|	:w[rite]	write to a file
 |:wNext|	:wN[ext]	write to a file and go to previous file in
@@ -1467,8 +1539,16 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
 |:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
 |:xall|		:xa[ll]		same as ":wqall"
+|:xmapclear|	:xmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Visual mode
+|:xmap|		:xm[ap]		like ":map" but for Visual mode
+|:xmenu|	:xme[nu]	add menu for Visual mode
+|:xnoremap|	:xn[oremap]	like ":noremap" but for Visual mode
+|:xnoremenu|	:xnoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Visual mode
+|:xunmap|	:xu[nmap]	like ":unmap" but for Visual mode
+|:xunmenu|	:xunme[nu]	remove menu for Visual mode
 |:yank|		:y[ank]		yank lines into a register
 |:z|		:z		print some lines
 |:~|		:~		repeat last ":substitute"
 
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 08
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -126,8 +126,13 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 			'='	the expression register: you are prompted to
 				enter an expression (see |expression|)
 				Note that 0x80 (128 decimal) is used for
-				special keys, use CTRL-R CTRL-R to insert it
-				literally.
+				special keys.  E.g., you can use this to move
+				the cursor up:
+					CTRL-R ="\<Up>"
+				Use CTRL-R CTRL-R to insert text literally.
+				When the result is a |List| the items are used
+				as lines.  They can have line breaks inside
+				too.
 		See |registers| about registers.  {not in Vi}
 
 CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
@@ -422,7 +427,7 @@ When 'textwidth' and 'wrapmargin' are both set, 'textwidth' is used.
 If you don't really want to break the line, but view the line wrapped at a
 convenient place, see the 'linebreak' option.
 
-The line is only broken automatically when using insert mode, or when
+The line is only broken automatically when using Insert mode, or when
 appending to a line.  When in replace mode and the line length is not
 changed, the line will not be broken.
 
@@ -438,6 +443,10 @@ characters to the 'formatoptions' option:
      current insert command.  Only differs from "l" when entering non-white
      characters while crossing the 'textwidth' boundary.
 
+Normally an internal function will be used to decide where to break the line.
+If you want to do it in a different way set the 'formatexpr' option to an
+expression that will take care of the line break.
+
 If you want to format a block of text, you can use the "gq" operator.  Type
 "gq" and a movement command to move the cursor to the end of the block.  In
 many cases, the command "gq}" will do what you want (format until the end of
@@ -622,8 +631,8 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-L		Search backwards for a line that starts with the
 			the cursor.  Indent is ignored.  The matching line is
 			inserted in front of the cursor.
 			The 'complete' option is used to decide which buffers
-			are searched for a match.  Only loaded buffers are
-			used.
+			are searched for a match.  Both loaded and unloaded
+			buffers are used.
 	CTRL-L	or
 	CTRL-P		Search backwards for next matching line.  This line
 			replaces the previous matching line.
@@ -871,8 +880,8 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-V		Guess what kind of item is in front of the cursor and
 User defined completion					*compl-function*
 
 Completion is done by a function that can be defined by the user with the
-'completefunc' option.  See the 'completefunc' help for how the function
-is called and an example.
+'completefunc' option.  See below for how the function is called and an
+example |complete-functions|.
 
 							*i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U*
 CTRL-X CTRL-U		Guess what kind of item is in front of the cursor and
@@ -890,7 +899,7 @@ Omni completion						*compl-omni*
 Completion is done by a function that can be defined by the user with the
 'omnifunc' option.  This is to be used for filetype-specific completion.
 
-See the 'completefunc' help for how the function is called and an example.
+See below for how the function is called and an example |complete-functions|.
 For remarks about specific filetypes see |compl-omni-filetypes|.
 
 							*i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O*
@@ -952,21 +961,178 @@ CTRL-P			Find previous match for words that start with the
 			other contexts unless a double CTRL-X is used.
 
 
+FUNCTIONS FOR FINDING COMPLETIONS			*complete-functions*
+
+This applies to 'completefunc' and 'omnifunc'.
+
+The function is called in two different ways:
+- First the function is called to find the start of the text to be completed.
+- Later the function is called to actually find the matches.
+
+On the first invocation the arguments are:
+   a:findstart  1
+   a:base	empty
+
+The function must return the column where the completion starts.  It must be a
+number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')".  This involves looking
+at the characters just before the cursor and including those characters that
+could be part of the completed item.  The text between this column and the
+cursor column will be replaced with the matches.  Return -1 if no completion
+can be done.
+
+On the second invocation the arguments are:
+   a:findstart  0
+   a:base	the text with which matches should match; the text that was
+		located in the first call (can be empty)
+
+The function must return a List with the matching words.  These matches
+usually include the "a:base" text.  When there are no matches return an empty
+List.
+						*complete-items*
+Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary.  When it is a string it
+is used as the completion.  When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
+items:
+	word		the completion, mandatory
+	abbr		abbreviation of "word", to be used in the menu
+	menu		extra text for the popup menu
+	info		more information about the item
+	kind		single letter indicating the type of completion
+	icase		when non-zero case is to be ignored; when omitted
+			the 'ignorecase' option is used
+
+All of these except 'icase' must be a string.  If an item does not meet these
+requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
+not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
+
+The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
+be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in
+the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'.  The "info" item
+will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.  This is
+useful for function arguments.
+
+The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
+may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
+Currently these types can be used:
+	v	variable
+	f	function or method
+	m	member of a struct or class
+	t	typedef
+	d	#define or macro
+
+When searching for matches takes some time call |complete_add()| to add each
+match to the total list.  These matches should then not appear in the returned
+list!  Call |complete_check()| now and then to allow the user to press a key
+while still searching for matches.  Stop searching when it returns non-zero.
+
+The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.  This
+option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security
+reasons.
+
+An example that completes the names of the months: >
+	fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)
+	  if a:findstart
+	    " locate the start of the word
+	    let line = getline('.')
+	    let start = col('.') - 1
+	    while start > 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\a'
+	      let start -= 1
+	    endwhile
+	    return start
+	  else
+	    " find months matching with "a:base"
+	    let res = []
+	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
+	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+		call add(res, m)
+	      endif
+	    endfor
+	    return res
+	  endif
+	endfun
+	set completefunc=CompleteMonths
+<
+The same, but now pretending searching for matches is slow: >
+	fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)
+	  if a:findstart
+	    " locate the start of the word
+	    let line = getline('.')
+	    let start = col('.') - 1
+	    while start > 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\a'
+	      let start -= 1
+	    endwhile
+	    return start
+	  else
+	    " find months matching with "a:base"
+	    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
+	      if m =~ '^' . a:base
+		call complete_add(m)
+	      endif
+	      sleep 300m	" simulate searching for next match
+	      if complete_check()
+		break
+	      endif
+	    endfor
+	    return []
+	  endif
+	endfun
+	set completefunc=CompleteMonths
+<
+
 INSERT COMPLETION POPUP MENU				*ins-completion-menu*
 							*popupmenu-completion*
 Vim can display the matches in a simplistic popup menu.
 
 The menu is used when:
-- The 'completeopt' option contains "menu".
+- The 'completeopt' option contains "menu" or "menuone".
 - The terminal supports at least 8 colors.
 - There are at least two matches.
 
-While the menu is displayed these keys have a special meaning:
-<CR> and <Enter>: Accept the currently selected match
-<Up>:		  Select the previous match, as if CTRL-P was used
-<Down>:		  Select the next match, as if CTRL-N was used
-<PageUp>:	  Select a match several entries back
-<PageDown>:	  Select a match several entries further
+The 'pumheight' option can be used to set a maximum height.  The default is to
+use all space available.
+
+There are two states:
+1. A complete match has been inserted.
+2. Only part of a match has been inserted.
+
+You normally start in the first state, with the first match being inserted.
+When "longest" is in 'completeopt' and there is more than one match you start
+in the second state.
+
+If you select another match, e.g., with CTRL-N or CTRL-P, you go from the
+second to the first state.  This doesn't change the list of matches.
+
+When you are back at the original text then you are in the second state.  To
+get there right away you can use a mapping that uses CTRL-P right after
+starting the completion: >
+	:imap <F7> <C-N><C-P>
+<
+						*popupmenu-keys*
+In the first state these keys have a special meaning:
+<BS> and CTRL-H   Delete one character, find the matches for the word before
+		  the cursor.  This reduces the list of matches, often to one
+		  entry, and switches to the second state.
+
+In the second state these keys have a special meaning:
+<BS> and CTRL-H   Delete one character, find the matches for the shorter word
+		  before the cursor.  This may find more matches.
+CTRL-L		  Add one character from the current match, may reduce the
+		  number of matches.
+any printable, non-white character:
+		  Add this character and reduce the number of matches.
+
+In both states these can be used:
+<CR> and <Enter>  Accept the currently selected match and stop completion.
+<PageUp>	  Select a match several entries back, but don't insert it.
+<PageDown>	  Select a match several entries further, but don't insert it.
+<Up>		  Select the previous match, as if CTRL-P was used, but don't
+		  insert it.
+<Down>		  Select the next match, as if CTRL-N was used, but don't
+		  insert it.
+Any other character:
+		  Stop completion without changing the match and insert the
+		  typed character.  Note that typing a space or <Tab> will
+		  work in both states.
+
 
 The colors of the menu can be changed with these highlight groups:
 Pmenu		normal item  |hl-Pmenu|
@@ -974,8 +1140,28 @@ PmenuSel	selected item  |hl-PmenuSel|
 PmenuSbar	scrollbar  |hl-PmenuSbar|
 PmenuThumb	thumb of the scrollbar  |hl-PmenuThumb|
 
+There are no special mappings for when the popup menu is visible.  However,
+you can use an Insert mode mapping that checks the |pumvisible()| function to
+do something different.  Example: >
+	:inoremap <Down> <C-R>=pumvisible() ? "\<lt>C-N>" : "\<lt>Down>"<CR>
 
-Filetype-specific remarks for omni completion	    *compl-omni-filetypes*
+You can use of <expr> in mapping to have the popup menu used when typing a
+character and some condition is met.  For example, for typing a dot: >
+	inoremap <expr> . MayComplete()
+	func MayComplete()
+	    if (can complete)
+	      return ".\<C-X>\<C-O>"
+	    endif
+	    return '.'
+	endfunc
+
+See |:map-<expr>| for more info.
+
+
+FILETYPE-SPECIFIC REMARKS FOR OMNI COMPLETION	    *compl-omni-filetypes*
+
+The file used for {filetype} should be autoload/{filetype}complete.vim
+in 'runtimepath'.  Thus for "java" it is autoload/javacomplete.vim.
 
 
 C							*ft-c-omni*
@@ -984,7 +1170,9 @@ Completion of C code requires a tags file.  You should use Exuberant ctags,
 because it adds extra information that is needed for completion.  You can find
 it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
 For version 5.5.4 you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
-ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
+	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
+A compiled .exe for MS-Windows can be found at:
+	http://georgevreilly.com/vim/ctags.html
 
 If you want to complete system functions you can do something like this.  Use
 ctags to generate a tags file for all the system header files: >
@@ -1016,28 +1204,98 @@ Complete properties and their appropriate values according to CSS 2.1
 specification. 
 
 
-(X)HTML							*ft-html-omni*
+HTML and XHTML						*ft-html-omni*
 							*ft-xhtml-omni*
 
-CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files.
-It is designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will
-also works for other versions of HTML. Features:
+CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files.  It is
+designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also works for
+other versions of HTML. Features:
 
-- after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggest
-  inside of an a tag)
-- inside of tag complete proper attributes (no width attribute for an
-  a tag)
-- when attribute has limited number of possible values help to complete
-  them
+- after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggestion inside
+  of an a tag); '/>' indicates empty tags
+- inside of tag complete proper attributes (no width attribute for an a tag);
+  show also type of attribute; '*' indicates required attributes
+- when attribute has limited number of possible values help to complete them
 - complete names of entities
 - complete values of "class" and "id" attributes with data obtained from
-  style tag and included CSS files
-- when completing "style" attribute or working inside of "style" tag
+  <style> tag and included CSS files
+- when completing value of "style" attribute or working inside of "style" tag
   switch to |ft-css-omni| completion
+- when completing values of events attributes or working inside of "script"
+  tag switch to |ft-javascript-omni| completion
 - when used after "</" CTRL-X CTRL-O will close the last opened tag
 
 Note: When used first time completion menu will be shown with little delay
-- this is time needed for loading of data file.
+- this is time needed for loading of data file.  
+Note: Completion may fail in badly formatted documents. In such case try to
+run |:make| command to detect formatting problems.
+
+
+JAVASCRIPT                                             *ft-javascript-omni*
+
+Completion of most elements of JavaScript language and DOM elements.
+
+Complete:
+
+- variables
+- function name; show function arguments
+- function arguments
+- properties of variables trying to detect type of variable
+- complete DOM objects and properties depending on context
+- keywords of language
+
+Completion works in separate JavaScript files (&ft==javascript), inside of
+<script> tag of (X)HTML and in values of event attributes (including scanning
+of external files.
+ 
+DOM compatibility
+
+At the moment (beginning of 2006) there are two main browsers - MS Internet
+Explorer and Mozilla Firefox. These two applications are covering over 90% of
+market. Theoretically standards are created by W3C organisation
+(http://www.w3c.org) but they are not always followed/implemented.
+
+		IE 	FF 	W3C  Omni completion ~
+		+/-     +/-     +    +               ~
+                +       +       -    +               ~
+                +       -       -    -               ~
+                -       +       -    -               ~
+
+Regardless from state of implementation in browsers but if element is defined
+in standards, completion plugin will place element in suggestion list. When
+both major engines implemented element, even if this is not in standards it
+will be suggested. All other elements are not placed in suggestion list.
+
+
+PHP                                                     *ft-php-omni*
+
+Completion of PHP code requires tags file for completion of data from external
+files. You should use Exuberant ctags version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it
+here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
+
+Script completes:
+
+- after $ variables name
+  - if variable was declared as object add "->", if tags file is available show
+    name of class
+
+- function names with additonal info:
+  - in case of built-in functions list of possible arguments and after | type
+    data returned by function
+  - in case of user function arguments and name of file were function was
+    defined (if it is not current file)
+
+- constants names
+- class names after "new" declaration
+
+
+Note: when doing completion first time Vim will load all necessary data into
+memory. It may take several seconds. After next use of completion delay
+should not be noticeable.
+
+Script detects if cursor is inside <?php ?> tags. If it is outside it will
+automatically switch to HTML/CSS/JavaScript completion. Note: contrary to
+original HTML files completion of tags (and only tags) isn't context aware.
 
 
 SYNTAX							*ft-syntax-omni*
@@ -1045,18 +1303,56 @@ SYNTAX							*ft-syntax-omni*
 This uses the current syntax highlighting for completion.  It can be used for
 any filetype and provides a minimal language-sensitive completion.
 
-To enable code completion do: >
-	source $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
+To enable syntax code completion you can run: >
+	setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete 
 
-You can automate this by placing this in your vimrc (after any ":filetype"
-command): >
-	autocmd Filetype * 
-		    \ if exists('&ofu') && &ofu == "" |
-		    \     source $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim |
-		    \ endif
+You can automate this by placing the following in your vimrc (after any
+":filetype" command): >
+    if has("autocmd") && exists("+omnifunc")
+        autocmd Filetype *
+                    \	if &omnifunc == "" |
+                    \		setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete |
+                    \	endif
+    endif
 
-The above will set completion to this script only if a proper one does not
-already exist for that filetype.
+The above will set completion to this script only if a specific plugin does
+not already exist for that filetype.
+
+Each filetype can have a wide range of syntax items.  The plugin allows you to
+customize which syntax groups to include or exclude from the list.  Let's have
+a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
+
+If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
+	:syntax list
+
+First thing you will notice is there are many different syntax groups.  The
+PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
+JavaScript and many more.  The syntax plugin will only include syntax groups
+that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case.  For example these syntax
+groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
+phpFunctions.
+
+The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
+highlight.  This means these items will be available within the omni
+completion list.  Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only
+interested in certain items.
+
+There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary).  If you find certain
+syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can add the following to your
+vimrc: >
+	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
+
+Add as many syntax groups to this list by comma separating them.  The basic
+form of this variable is: >
+	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'comma,separated,list'
+
+For completeness the opposite is also true.  Creating this variable in your
+vimrc will only include the items in the phpFunctions and phpMethods syntax
+groups: >
+	let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
+
+You can create as many of these variables as you need, varying only the
+filetype at the end of the variable name.
 
 
 XML							*ft-xml-omni*
@@ -1079,7 +1375,7 @@ Format of XML data file					*xml-omni-datafile*
 
 Vim distribution provides two data files as examples (xhtml10s.vim, xsl.vim)
 
-XML data files are stored in "autoload/xml" directory in 'runtimepath'. They
+XML data files are stored in "autoload/xml" directory in 'runtimepath'.  They
 have meaningful name which will be used in commands. It should be unique name
 which will not create conflicts in future. For example name xhtml10s.vim means
 it is data file for XHTML 1.0 Strict.
@@ -1093,9 +1389,9 @@ compound from two parts:
 Part two must be exactly the same as name of file.
 
 Variable is data structure in form of |Dictionary|. Keys are tag names and
-values are two element |List|. First element of List is also List with
-names of possible children, second element is |Dictionary| with names of
-attributes as keys and possible values of attributes as values. Example: >
+values are two element |List|. First element of List is also List with names
+of possible children, second element is |Dictionary| with names of attributes
+as keys and possible values of attributes as values. Example: >
 
     let g:xmldata_crippledhtml = {
     \ "html": 
@@ -1107,21 +1403,31 @@ attributes as keys and possible values of attributes as values. Example: >
     \ "meta": 
     \ [ [], {"id": [], "http-equiv": [], "name": [], "content": [], "scheme": 
     \ [], "lang": [], "xml:lang": [], "dir": ["ltr", "rtl"]}]
-    \ "vimxmlentities": ["amp", "lt", "gt", "apos", "quot"]}
+    \ "vimxmlentities": ["amp", "lt", "gt", "apos", "quot"]},
+    \ "vimxmltaginfo": {
+    \ 'meta': ['/>', '']},
+    \ "vimxmlattrinfo": {
+    \ 'http-equiv': ['ContentType', '']}
 
 This example should be put in "autoload/xml/crippledhtml.vim" file.
 
-In example are visible two special elements:
+In example are visible four special elements:
 
 1. "vimxmlentities" - special key with List containing entities of this XML
    dialect.
 2. "BOOL" - value of attribute key showing if attribute should be inserted
    bare ("defer" vs. 'defer="'). It can be the only element of List of
    attribute values.
+3. "vimxmltaginfo" - special key with dictionary containing as key tag names,
+   as value two element List for additional menu info and long description.
+4. "vimxmlattrinfo" - special key with dictionary containing as key attribute
+   names, as value two element List for additional menu info and long
+   description.
 
 Note: Tag names in data file MUST not contain namespace description. Check
 xsl.vim for example.
 
+
 Commands
 
 :XMLns {name} [{namespace}]					*:XMLns*

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Sep 01
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Sep 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/makehtml.awk

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ NR == 1 { nf=split(FILENAME,f,".")
 	print "<H1>Vim documentation: " f[1] "</H1>";
 	print "<A NAME=\"top\"></A>";
 	if ( FILENAME != "help.txt" ) {
-	  print "<A HREF=\"help.html\">main help file</A>\n";
+	  print "<A HREF=\"index.html\">main help file</A>\n";
 	}
 	print "<HR>";
 	print "<PRE>";
@@ -244,7 +244,15 @@ npipe > 2 && nstar < 3 {
 				find_tag1();
 				}
 				else {
+					if ( f[1] == "index" ) {
+		printf "|<A HREF=\"vimindex.html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
+					} else {
+						if ( f[1] == "help" ) {
+		printf "|<A HREF=\"index.html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
+						} else {
 		printf "|<A HREF=\"" f[1] ".html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
+						}
+					}
 				}
 			}
 		}
@@ -373,13 +381,12 @@ END {
 
 #
 # as main we keep index.txt (by default)
-# other candidate, help.txt
 #
 function topback () {
 	if ( FILENAME != "tags" ) {
 	if ( FILENAME != "help.txt" ) {
 	printf("<A HREF=\"#top\">top</A> - ");
-	printf("<A HREF=\"help.html\">main help file</A>\n");
+	printf("<A HREF=\"index.html\">main help file</A>\n");
 	} else {
 	printf("<A HREF=\"#top\">top</A>\n");
 	}
@@ -581,7 +588,7 @@ function find_tag2() {
 	ntags=split(atag,blata,"[ 	]");
 	if ( ntags > 1 ) { return; }
 	if 	( ( allow_one_char == "no" ) && \
-		  ( index("!#$%\&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",atag) !=0 ) ) {
+		  ( index("!#$%&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",atag) !=0 ) ) {
 		return;
 	}
 	if ( skip_word[atag] == "yes" ) { return; }
@@ -610,7 +617,7 @@ function find_tag3() {
 	ntags=split(btag,blata,"[ 	]");
 	if ( ntags > 1 ) { return; }
 	if 	( ( allow_one_char == "no" ) && \
-		  ( index("!#$%\&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",btag) !=0 ) ) {
+		  ( index("!#$%&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",btag) !=0 ) ) {
 	  	return;
 	}
 	if ( skip_word[btag] == "yes" ) { return; }

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 13
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -45,42 +45,48 @@ modes.
 {lhs}	means left-hand-side	*{lhs}*
 {rhs}	means right-hand-side	*{rhs}*
 
-:map	{lhs} {rhs}					*:map*
-:nm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}					*:nm* *:nmap*
-:vm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}					*:vm* *:vmap*
-:om[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}					*:om* *:omap*
-:map!	{lhs} {rhs}					*:map!*
-:im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}					*:im* *:imap*
-:lm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}					*:lm* *:lmap*
-:cm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}					*:cm* *:cmap*
+:map	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|		*:map*
+:nm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nm* *:nmap*
+:vm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vm* *:vmap*
+:xm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xm* *:xmap*
+:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		      *:smap*
+:om[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:om* *:omap*
+:map!	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:map!*
+:im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*
+:lm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:lm* *:lmap*
+:cm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cm* *:cmap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  The result, including
 			{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings.  This
 			allows for nested and recursive use of mappings.
 
 
-:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}					*:no*  *:noremap*
-:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}					*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
-:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}					*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
-:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}					*:ono* *:onoremap*
-:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}					*:no!* *:noremap!*
-:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}					*:ino* *:inoremap*
-:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}					*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
-:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}					*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|		*:no*  *:noremap*
+:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
+:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
+:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
+:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		*:snor* *:snoremap*
+:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:ono* *:onoremap*
+:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:no!* *:noremap!*
+:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:ino* *:inoremap*
+:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
+:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cno* *:cnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
 			used to redefine a command.  {not in Vi}
 
 
-:unm[ap]  {lhs}						*:unm*  *:unmap*
-:nun[map] {lhs}						*:nun*  *:nunmap*
-:vu[nmap] {lhs}						*:vu*   *:vunmap*
-:ou[nmap] {lhs}						*:ou*   *:ounmap*
-:unm[ap]! {lhs}						*:unm!* *:unmap!*
-:iu[nmap] {lhs}						*:iu*   *:iunmap*
-:lu[nmap] {lhs}						*:lu*   *:lunmap*
-:cu[nmap] {lhs}						*:cu*   *:cunmap*
+:unm[ap]  {lhs}			|mapmode-nvo|		*:unm*  *:unmap*
+:nun[map] {lhs}			|mapmode-n|		*:nun*  *:nunmap*
+:vu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-v|		*:vu*   *:vunmap*
+:xu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-x|		*:xu*   *:xunmap*
+:sunm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-s|		*:sunm* *:sunmap*
+:ou[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-o|		*:ou*   *:ounmap*
+:unm[ap]! {lhs}			|mapmode-ic|		*:unm!* *:unmap!*
+:iu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-i|		*:iu*   *:iunmap*
+:lu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-l|		*:lu*   *:lunmap*
+:cu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cu*   *:cunmap*
 			Remove the mapping of {lhs} for the modes where the
 			map command applies.  The mapping may remain defined
 			for other modes where it applies.
@@ -89,38 +95,44 @@ modes.
 				:map @@ foo
 				:unmap @@ | print
 
-:mapc[lear]						*:mapc*   *:mapclear*
-:nmapc[lear]						*:nmapc*  *:nmapclear*
-:vmapc[lear]						*:vmapc*  *:vmapclear*
-:omapc[lear]						*:omapc*  *:omapclear*
-:mapc[lear]!						*:mapc!*  *:mapclear!*
-:imapc[lear]						*:imapc*  *:imapclear*
-:lmapc[lear]						*:lmapc*  *:lmapclear*
-:cmapc[lear]						*:cmapc*  *:cmapclear*
+:mapc[lear]			|mapmode-nvo|		*:mapc*   *:mapclear*
+:nmapc[lear]			|mapmode-n|		*:nmapc*  *:nmapclear*
+:vmapc[lear]			|mapmode-v|		*:vmapc*  *:vmapclear*
+:xmapc[lear]			|mapmode-x|		*:xmapc*  *:xmapclear*
+:smapc[lear]			|mapmode-s|		*:smapc*  *:smapclear*
+:omapc[lear]			|mapmode-o|		*:omapc*  *:omapclear*
+:mapc[lear]!			|mapmode-ic|		*:mapc!*  *:mapclear!*
+:imapc[lear]			|mapmode-i|		*:imapc*  *:imapclear*
+:lmapc[lear]			|mapmode-l|		*:lmapc*  *:lmapclear*
+:cmapc[lear]			|mapmode-c|		*:cmapc*  *:cmapclear*
 			Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  {not in Vi}
 			Warning: This also removes the default mappings.
 
-:map
-:nm[ap]
-:vm[ap]
-:om[ap]
-:map!
-:im[ap]
-:lm[ap]
-:cm[ap]
+:map				|mapmode-nvo|
+:nm[ap]				|mapmode-n|
+:vm[ap]				|mapmode-v|
+:xm[ap]				|mapmode-x|
+:sm[ap]				|mapmode-s|
+:om[ap]				|mapmode-o|
+:map!				|mapmode-ic|
+:im[ap]				|mapmode-i|
+:lm[ap]				|mapmode-l|
+:cm[ap]				|mapmode-c|
 			List all key mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  Note that ":map" and ":map!" are
 			used most often, because they include the other modes.
 
-:map    {lhs}						*:map_l*
-:nm[ap] {lhs}						*:nmap_l*
-:vm[ap] {lhs}						*:vmap_l*
-:om[ap] {lhs}						*:omap_l*
-:map!   {lhs}						*:map_l!*
-:im[ap] {lhs}						*:imap_l*
-:lm[ap] {lhs}						*:lmap_l*
-:cm[ap] {lhs}						*:cmap_l*
+:map    {lhs}			|mapmode-nvo|		*:map_l*
+:nm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-n|		*:nmap_l*
+:vm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-v|		*:vmap_l*
+:xm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-x|		*:xmap_l*
+:sm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-s|		*:smap_l*
+:om[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-o|		*:omap_l*
+:map!   {lhs}			|mapmode-ic|		*:map_l!*
+:im[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-i|		*:imap_l*
+:lm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-l|		*:lmap_l*
+:cm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cmap_l*
 			List the key mappings for the key sequences starting
 			with {lhs} in the modes where the map command applies.
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -145,6 +157,9 @@ type "a", then "bar" will get inserted.
 
 1.2 SPECIAL ARGUMENTS					*:map-arguments*
 
+"<buffer>", "<silent>", "<script>", "<expr>" and "<unique>" can be used in any
+order.  They must appear right after the command, before any other arguments.
+
 				*:map-local* *:map-<buffer>* *E224* *E225*
 If the first argument to one of these commands is "<buffer>" it will apply to
 mappings locally to the current buffer only.  Example: >
@@ -194,8 +209,35 @@ Example of what will fail: >
 If you want to map a key and then have it do what it was originally mapped to,
 have a look at |maparg()|.
 
-"<buffer>", "<silent>", "<script>" and "<unique>" can be used in any order.
-They must appear right after the command, before any other arguments.
+						*:map-<expr>* *:map-expression*
+If the first argument to one of these commands is "<expr>" and it is used to
+define a new mapping or abbreviation, the argument is an expression.  The
+expression is evaluated to obtain the {rhs} that is used.  Example: >
+	:inoremap <expr> . InsertDot()
+The result of the InsertDot() function will be inserted.  It could check the
+text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
+
+Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
+obtaining characters, if you change buffer text, move the cursor, edit another
+file, etc. you may very well make command disfunctional.
+
+Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
+	let counter = 0
+	inoremap <expr> <C-L> ListItem()
+	inoremap <expr> <C-R> ListReset()
+
+	func ListItem()
+	  let g:counter += 1
+	  return g:counter . '. '
+	endfunc
+
+	func ListReset()
+	  let g:counter = 0
+	  return ''
+	endfunc
+
+CTRL-L inserts the next number, CTRL-R resets the count.  CTRL-R returns an
+empty string, so that nothing is inserted.
 
 
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
@@ -208,9 +250,6 @@ There are five sets of mappings
 - For Insert mode.  These are also used in Replace mode.
 - For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.
 
-There are no separate mappings for Select mode.  The same as for Visual mode
-are used |Select-mode-mapping|.
-
 Special case: While typing a count for a command in Normal mode, mapping zero
 is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
 to type a count with a zero.
@@ -218,13 +257,29 @@ to type a count with a zero.
 						*map-overview* *map-modes*
 Overview of which map command works in which mode:
 
+			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
     commands:				      modes: ~
-					  Normal     Visual  Operator-pending ~
-:map   :noremap   :unmap   :mapclear	    yes	       yes	  yes
-:nmap  :nnoremap  :nunmap  :nmapclear	    yes		-	   -
-:vmap  :vnoremap  :vunmap  :vmapclear	     -	       yes	   -
-:omap  :onoremap  :ounmap  :omapclear	     -		-	  yes
+                                       Normal  Visual+Select  Operator-pending ~
+:map   :noremap   :unmap   :mapclear     yes        yes            yes
+:nmap  :nnoremap  :nunmap  :nmapclear    yes         -              -
+:vmap  :vnoremap  :vunmap  :vmapclear     -         yes             -
+:omap  :onoremap  :ounmap  :omapclear     -          -             yes
 
+                                                *mapmode-x* *mapmode-s*
+Some commands work both in Visual and Select mode, some in only one.  Note
+that quite often "Visual" is mentioned where both Visual and Select mode
+apply. |Select-mode-mapping|
+
+    commands:                                 modes: ~
+                                          Visual    Select ~
+:vmap  :vnoremap  :vunmap  :vmapclear       yes      yes
+:xmap  :xnoremap  :xunmap  :xmapclear       yes       -
+:smap  :snoremap  :sunmap  :smapclear       -        yes
+
+			*mapmode-ic* *mapmode-i* *mapmode-c* *mapmode-l*
+Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
+
+    commands:                                 modes: ~
 					  Insert  Command-line	Lang-Arg ~
 :map!  :noremap!  :unmap!  :mapclear!	    yes	       yes	   -
 :imap  :inoremap  :iunmap  :imapclear	    yes		-	   -
@@ -776,7 +831,7 @@ This does not work if 'cpoptions' includes the '<' flag. |<>|
 You can even do more complicated things.  For example, to consume the space
 typed after an abbreviation: >
    func Eatchar(pat)
-      let c = nr2char(getchar())
+      let c = nr2char(getchar(0))
       return (c =~ a:pat) ? '' : c
    endfunc
    iabbr <silent> if if ()<Left><C-R>=Eatchar('\s')<CR>
@@ -1087,6 +1142,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=event		autocommand events
 	-complete=expression	Vim expression
 	-complete=file		file and directory names
+	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
 	-complete=function	function name
 	-complete=help		help subjects
 	-complete=highlight	highlight groups
@@ -1185,8 +1241,9 @@ Replacement text
 The replacement text for a user defined command is scanned for special escape
 sequences, using <...> notation.  Escape sequences are replaced with values
 from the entered command line, and all other text is copied unchanged.  The
-resulting string is executed as an Ex command.  If the initial < of an escape
-sequence is preceded by a backslash, the sequence is copied unchanged.
+resulting string is executed as an Ex command.  To avoid the replacement use
+<lt> in plade of the initial <.  Thus to include "<bang>" literally use
+"<lt>bang>".
 
 The valid escape sequences are
 

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Oct 14
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -1257,11 +1257,16 @@ Double-width characters are supported.  This works best with 'guifontwide' or
 normal width and a space to fill the gap.  Note that the 'guifontset' option
 is no longer relevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI.
 
-Up to two combining characters can be used.  The combining character is drawn
-on top of the preceding character.  When editing text a composing character is
-mostly considered part of the preceding character.  For example "x" will
-delete a character and its following composing characters by default.  If the
-'delcombine' option is on, then pressing 'x' will delete the combining
+					*mbyte-combining* *mbyte-composing*
+A composing or combining character is used to change the meaning of the
+character before it.  The combining characters are drawn on top of the
+preceding character.  
+Up to two combining characters can be used by default.  This can be changed
+with the 'maxcombine' option.
+When editing text a composing character is mostly considered part of the
+preceding character.  For example "x" will delete a character and its
+following composing characters by default.
+If the 'delcombine' option is on, then pressing 'x' will delete the combining
 characters, one at a time, then the base character.  But when inserting, you
 type the first character and the following composing characters separately,
 after which they will be joined.  The "r" command will not allow you to type a

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 08
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -751,9 +751,12 @@ and the screen is about to be redrawn:
 -> Press <Enter> or <Space> to redraw the screen and continue, without that
    key being used otherwise.
 -> Press ':' or any other Normal mode command character to start that command.
--> Press 'k', 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages.  This works the
-   same way as at the |more-prompt|.  Only works when 'compatible' is off and
-   'more' is on.
+-> Press 'k', <Up>, 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages.  This
+   works the same way as at the |more-prompt|.  Only works when 'compatible'
+   is off and 'more' is on.
+-> Pressing 'j', 'd' or <Down> is ignored when messages scrolled off the top
+   of the screen, 'compatible' is off and 'more' is on, to avoid that typing
+   one 'j' too many causes the messages to disappear.
 -> Press <C-Y> to copy (yank) a modeless selection to the clipboard register.
 -> Use a menu.  The characters defined for Cmdline-mode are used.
 -> When 'mouse' contains the 'r' flag, clicking the left mouse button works

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2004 Feb 24
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2004 Feb 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 02
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Jan 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Apr 04
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ These messages are specific for NetBeans:
 Region is guarded, cannot modify
 		NetBeans defines guarded areas in the text, which you cannot
 		change.
+		Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
 
 							*E656*
 NetBeans disallows writes of unmodified buffers
@@ -193,7 +194,7 @@ Partial writes disallowed for NetBeans buffers
 							*E658*
 NetBeans connection lost for this buffer
 		NetBeans has become confused about the state of this file.
-		Rather than risc data corruption, NetBeans has severed the
+		Rather than risk data corruption, NetBeans has severed the
 		connection for this file.  Vim will take over responsibility
 		for saving changes to this file and NetBeans will no longer
 		know of these changes.
@@ -258,10 +259,19 @@ problems and has been fixed in 2.2.  To decrease the likelihood of this
 confusion happening again, netbeans_saved() has been renamed to
 netbeans_save_buffer().
 
+We are now at version 2.3.  For the differences between 2.2 and 2.3 search for
+"2.3" below.
+
 The messages are currently sent over a socket.  Since the messages are in
 plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
 mechanism.
 
+To see an example implementation look at the gvim tool in Agide.  Currently
+found here:
+	http://cvs.sf.net/viewcvs.py/a-a-p/Agide/Tools/GvimTool.py?view=markup
+
+
+
 10.1 Kinds of messages		|nb-messages|
 10.2 Terms			|nb-terms|
 10.3 Commands			|nb-commands|
@@ -485,8 +495,10 @@ setContentType
 		Not implemented.
 
 setDot off	Make the buffer the current buffer and set the cursor at the
-		specified position.  If there are folds they are opened to
-		make the cursor line visible.
+		specified position.  If the buffer is open in another window
+		than make that window the current window.
+		If there are folds they are opened to make the cursor line
+		visible.
 		In version 2.1 "lnum/col" can be used instead of "off".
 
 setExitDelay seconds
@@ -566,6 +578,7 @@ stopDocumentListen
 
 unguard off len
 		Opposite of "guard", remove guarding for a text area.
+		Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
 
 version		Not implemented.
 
@@ -608,10 +621,22 @@ getText		Return the contents of the buffer as a string.
 insert off text
 		Insert "text" before position "off".  "text" is a string
 		argument, "off" a number.
+		"off" should have a "\n" (newline) at the end of each line.
+		Or "\r\n" when 'fileformat' is "dos".  When using "insert" in
+		an empty buffer Vim will set 'fileformat' accordingly.
+		When "off" points to the start of a line the text is inserted
+		above this line.  Thus when "off" is zero lines are inserted
+		before the first line.
+		When "off" points after the start of a line, possibly on the
+		NUL at the end of a line, the first line of text is appended
+		to this line.  Further lines come below it.
 		Possible replies:
 			123		no problem
 			123 !message	failed
 		Note that the message in the reply is not quoted.
+		Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
+		Does not move the cursor to the changed text.
+		Resets undo information.
 
 remove off length
 		Delete "length" bytes of text at position "off".  Both
@@ -620,6 +645,7 @@ remove off length
 			123		no problem
 			123 !message	failed
 		Note that the message in the reply is not quoted.
+		Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
 
 saveAndExit	Perform the equivalent of closing Vim: ":confirm qall".
 		If there are no changed files or the user does not cancel the

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2006 Jan 20
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 			If the option is a list of flags, superfluous flags
 			are removed.  When adding a flag that was already
 			present the option value doesn't change.
-<			Also see |:set-args| above.
+			Also see |:set-args| above.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 :se[t] {option}^={value}				*:set^=*
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Note that an option may also have been set as a side effect of setting
 {not available when compiled without the +eval feature}
 
 							*:set-termcap* *E522*
-For {option} the form "t_xx" may be used to set a termcap option.  This will
+For {option} the form "t_xx" may be used to set a terminal option.  This will
 override the value from the termcap.  You can then use it in a mapping.  If
 the "xx" part contains special characters, use the <t_xx> form: >
 	:set <t_#4>=^[Ot
@@ -162,6 +162,11 @@ include the "|" in the option value, use "\|" instead.  This example sets the
 This sets the 'titlestring' option to "hi" and 'iconstring' to "there": >
    :set titlestring=hi|set iconstring=there
 
+Similarly, the double quote character starts a comment.  To include the '"' in
+the option value, use '\"' instead.  This example sets the 'titlestring'
+option to 'hi "there"': >
+   :set titlestring=hi\ \"there\"
+
 For MS-DOS and WIN32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
 precise: For options that expect a file name (those where environment
 variables are expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not
@@ -264,7 +269,13 @@ You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
 			shown (but that might change in the future).
 			{not in Vi}
 
-:setl[ocal] {option}<	Set the local value of {option} to its global value.
+:setl[ocal] {option}<	Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
+			copying the value.
+			{not in Vi}
+
+:se[t] {option}<	Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
+			making it empty.  Only makes sense for |global-local|
+			options.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
@@ -311,7 +322,11 @@ This only works for a string option.  For a boolean option you need to use the
 	:setlocal autoread<
 Note that for non-boolean options using "<" copies the global value to the
 local value, it doesn't switch back to using the global value (that matters
-when changing the global value later).
+when the global value changes later).  You can also use: >
+	:set path<
+This will make the local value of 'path' empty, so that the global value is
+used.  Thus it does the same as: >
+	:setlocal path=
 Note: In the future more global options can be made global-local.  Using
 ":setlocal" on a global option might work differently then.
 
@@ -442,8 +457,8 @@ There are two forms of modelines.  The first form:
 		where each part between ':' is the argument for a ":set"
 		command
 
-Example: >
-   vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6
+Example:
+   vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6 ~
 
 The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):
 
@@ -459,8 +474,8 @@ se[t]		the string "set " or "se " (note the space)
 :		a colon
 [text]		any text or empty
 
-Example: >
-   /* vim: set ai tw=75: */
+Example:
+   /* vim: set ai tw=75: */ ~
 
 The white space before {vi:|vim:|ex:} is required.  This minimizes the chance
 that a normal word like "lex:" is caught.  There is one exception: "vi:" and
@@ -488,10 +503,10 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" is used:
 	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
 	vim>{vers}:	version after {vers}
 {vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
-For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later: >
-	/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */
-To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7: >
-	/* vim<570: set sw=4: */
+For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
+	/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
+To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
+	/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
 There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
 
 
@@ -499,16 +514,16 @@ The number of lines that are checked can be set with the 'modelines' option.
 If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is 0 no lines are checked.
 
 Note that for the first form all of the rest of the line is used, thus a line
-like: >
-   /* vi:ts=4: */
-will give an error message for the trailing "*/".  This line is OK: >
-   /* vi:set ts=4: */
+like:
+   /* vi:ts=4: */ ~
+will give an error message for the trailing "*/".  This line is OK:
+   /* vi:set ts=4: */ ~
 
 If an error is detected the rest of the line is skipped.
 
 If you want to include a ':' in a set command precede it with a '\'.  The
-backslash in front of the ':' will be removed.  Example: >
-   /* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */
+backslash in front of the ':' will be removed.  Example:
+   /* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ ~
 This sets the 'dir' option to "c:\tmp".  Only a single backslash before the
 ':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
 
@@ -1008,12 +1023,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						     *'balloonexpr'* *'bexpr'*
 'balloonexpr' 'bexpr'	string	(default "")
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
 			feature}
-	Expression to show in evaluation balloon.  It is only used when
-	'ballooneval' is on.  These variables can be used:
+	Expression for text to show in evaluation balloon.  It is only used
+	when 'ballooneval' is on.  These variables can be used:
 
 	v:beval_bufnr	number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
 	v:beval_winnr	number of the window
@@ -1045,7 +1060,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	To check whether line breaks in the balloon text work use this check: >
 		if has("balloon_multiline")
-<
+<	When they are supported "\n" characters will start a new line.  If the
+	expression evaluates to a |List| this is equal to using each List item
+	as a string and putting "\n" in between them.
+
 				     *'binary'* *'bin'* *'nobinary'* *'nobin'*
 'binary' 'bin'		boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
@@ -1178,6 +1196,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  		autocommands. {not available when compiled without the
 			|+autocmd| feature}
 	  quickfix	quickfix buffer, contains list of errors |:cwindow|
+			or list of locations |:lwindow|
 	  help		help buffer (you are not supposed to set this
 			manually)
 
@@ -1186,8 +1205,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	Be careful with changing this option, it can have many side effects!
 
-	A "quickfix" buffer is only used for the error list.  This value is
-	set by the |:cwindow| command and you are not supposed to change it.
+	A "quickfix" buffer is only used for the error list and the location
+	list.  This value is set by the |:cwindow| and |:lwindow| commands and
+	you are not supposed to change it.
 
 	"nofile" and "nowrite" buffers are similar:
 	both:		The buffer is not to be written to disk, ":w" doesn't
@@ -1212,6 +1232,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'casemap' 'cmp'		string	(default: "internal,keepascii")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
+			feature}
 	Specifies details about changing the case of letters.  It may contain
 	these words, separated by a comma:
 	internal	Use internal case mapping functions, the current
@@ -1569,6 +1591,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
 	U	scan the buffers that are not in the buffer list
 	k	scan the files given with the 'dictionary' option
+	kspell  use the currently active spell checking |spell|
 	k{dict}	scan the file {dict}.  Several "k" flags can be given,
 		patterns are valid too.  For example: >
 			:set cpt=k/usr/dict/*,k~/spanish
@@ -1606,102 +1629,34 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			or +insert_expand feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode completion
 	with CTRL-X CTRL-U. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
+	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
+	invoked and what it should return.
 
-	The function will be invoked with two arguments.  First the function
-	is called to find the start of the text to be completed.  Secondly the
-	function is called to actually find the matches.
-
-	On the first invocation the arguments are:
-	   a:findstart  1
-	   a:base	empty
-
-	The function must return the column of where the completion starts.
-	It must be a number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')".
-	This involves looking at the characters just before the cursor and
-	including those characters that could be part of the completed item.
-	The text between this column and the cursor column will be replaced
-	with the matches.  Return -1 if no completion can be done.
-
-	On the second invocation the arguments are:
-	   a:findstart  0
-	   a:base	the text with which matches should match, what was
-	   		located in the first call (can be empty)
-
-	The function must return a List with the matching words.  These
-	matches usually include the "a:base" text.  When there are no matches
-	return an empty List.
-
-	When searching for matches takes some time call |complete_add()| to
-	add each match to the total list.  These matches should then not
-	appear in the returned list!  Call |complete_check()| now and then to
-	allow the user to press a key while still searching for matches.  Stop
-	searching when it returns non-zero.
-
-	The function may move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.
-	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
-	security reasons.
-
-	An example that completes the names of the months: >
-		fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)
-		  if a:findstart
-		    " locate the start of the word
-		    let line = getline('.')
-		    let start = col('.') - 1
-		    while start > 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\a'
-		      let start -= 1
-		    endwhile
-		    return start
-		  else
-		    " find months matching with "a:base"
-		    let res = []
-		    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-		      if m =~ '^' . a:base
-			call add(res, m)
-		      endif
-		    endfor
-		    return res
-		  endif
-		endfun
-		set completefunc=CompleteMonths
-<
-	The same, but now pretending searching for matches is slow: >
-		fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)
-		  if a:findstart
-		    " locate the start of the word
-		    let line = getline('.')
-		    let start = col('.') - 1
-		    while start > 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\a'
-		      let start -= 1
-		    endwhile
-		    return start
-		  else
-		    " find months matching with "a:base"
-		    for m in split("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec")
-		      if m =~ '^' . a:base
-			call complete_add(m)
-		      endif
-		      sleep 300m	" simulate searching for next match
-		      if complete_check()
-			break
-		      endif
-		    endfor
-		    return []
-		  endif
-		endfun
-		set completefunc=CompleteMonths
-<
 
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
-'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu")
+'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
 			global
+			{not available when compiled without the
+			|+insert_expand| feature}
 			{not in Vi}
-	Options for Insert mode completion |ins-completion|.
-	Currently the only supported value is:
+	A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
+	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:
 
 	   menu	    Use a popup menu to show the possible completions.  The
 		    menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
 		    sufficient colors are available.  |ins-completion-menu|
 
+	   menuone  Use the popup menu also when there is only one match.
+	   	    Useful when there is additional information about the
+		    match, e.g., what file it comes from.
+
+	   longest  Only insert the longest common text of the matches.  Use
+	   	    CTRL-L to add more characters.  Whether case is ignored
+		    depends on the kind of completion.  For buffer text the
+		    'ignorecase' option is used.
+
+	   preview  Show extra information about the currently selected
+	   	    completion in the preview window.
 
 				*'confirm'* *'cf'* *'noconfirm'* *'nocf'*
 'confirm' 'cf'		boolean (default off)
@@ -2102,13 +2057,35 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Give messages when adding a cscope database.  See |cscopeverbose|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
+
+			*'cursorcolumn'* *'cuc'* *'nocursorcolumn'* *'nocuc'*
+'cursorcolumn' 'cuc'	boolean	(default off)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the  |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	Highlight the screen column of the cursor with CursorColumn
+	|hl-CursorColumn|.  Useful to align text.  Will make screen redrawing
+	slower.
+
+			*'cursorline'* *'cul'* *'nocursorline'* *'nocul'*
+'cursorline' 'cul'	boolean	(default off)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the  |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	Highlight the screen line of the cursor with CursorLine
+	|hl-CursorLine|.  Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen
+	redrawing slower.
+
+
 						*'debug'*
 'debug'			string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When set to "msg", error messages that would otherwise be omitted will
-	be given anyway.  This is useful when debugging 'foldexpr' or
-	'indentexpr'.
+	be given anyway.  This is useful when debugging 'foldexpr',
+	'formatexpr' or 'indentexpr'.
 	When set to "beep", a message will be given when otherwise only a beep
 	would be produced.
 	The values can be combined, separated by a comma.
@@ -2154,6 +2131,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	contain a list of words.  This can be one word per line, or several
 	words per line, separated by non-keyword characters (white space is
 	preferred).  Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
+	When this option is empty, or an entry "spell" is present, spell
+	checking is enabled the currently active spelling is used. |spell|
 	To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
 	after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
 	name.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes.
@@ -2218,11 +2197,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				exactly.  It should ignore adding trailing
 				white space, but not leading white space.
 
+		horizontal	Start diff mode with horizontal splits (unless
+				explicitly specified otherwise).
+
+		vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
+				explicitly specified otherwise).
+
+		foldcolumn:{n}	Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
+				starting diff mode.  Without this 2 is used.
+
 	Examples: >
 
 		:set diffopt=filler,context:4
 		:set diffopt=
-		:set diffopt=filler
+		:set diffopt=filler,foldcolumn:3
 <
 				     *'digraph'* *'dg'* *'nodigraph'* *'nodg'*
 'digraph' 'dg'		boolean	(default off)
@@ -2516,6 +2504,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When reading a file 'fileencoding' will be set from 'fileencodings'.
 	To read a file in a certain encoding it won't work by setting
 	'fileencoding', use the |++enc| argument.
+	For a new file the global value of 'fileencoding' is used.
 	Prepending "8bit-" and "2byte-" has no meaning here, they are ignored.
 	When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase.  Thus
 	you can set it with uppercase values too.  '_' characters are
@@ -2565,9 +2554,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	non-blank characters.
 	When the |++enc| argument is used then the value of 'fileencodings' is
 	not used.
-	Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, 'fileencoding'
-	is always empty then.  This means that a non-existing file may get a
-	different encoding than an empty file.
+	Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, the global value
+	of 'fileencoding' is used instead.  You can set it with: >
+		:setglobal fenc=iso-8859-2
+<	This means that a non-existing file may get a different encoding than
+	an empty file.
 	The special value "ucs-bom" can be used to check for a Unicode BOM
 	(Byte Order Mark) at the start of the file.  It must not be preceded
 	by "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding for this to work properly.
@@ -2578,6 +2569,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	environment.  This is the default value for 'encoding'.  It is useful
 	when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and your environment uses a
 	non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
+	When 'encoding' is "utf-8" and a file contains an illegal byte
+	sequence it won't be recognized as UTF-8.  You can use the |8g8|
+	command to find the illegal byte sequence.
 	WRONG VALUES:			WHAT'S WRONG:
 		latin1,utf-8		"latin1" will always be used
 		utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1	BOM won't be recognized in an utf-8
@@ -2683,9 +2677,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	this use the ":filetype on" command. |:filetype|
 	Setting this option to a different value is most useful in a modeline,
 	for a file for which the file type is not automatically recognized.
-	Example, for in an IDL file: >
-		/* vim: set filetype=idl : */
-<	|FileType| |filetypes|
+	Example, for in an IDL file:
+		/* vim: set filetype=idl : */ ~
+	|FileType| |filetypes|
+	When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
+	names.  Example:
+		/* vim: set filetype=c.doxygen : */ ~
+	This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
+	This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files.  More than
+	one dot may appear.
 	Do not confuse this option with 'osfiletype', which is for the file
 	type that is actually stored with the file.
 	This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
@@ -2778,7 +2778,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			or |+eval| feature}
 	The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr".  It is evaluated
 	for each line to obtain its fold level.  See |fold-expr|.
-	
+
 	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
 	|sandbox-option|.
 
@@ -2953,17 +2953,43 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	The name of an external program that will be used to format the lines
-	selected with the "gq" command.  The program must take the input on
+	selected with the |gq| operator.  The program must take the input on
 	stdin and produce the output on stdout.  The Unix program "fmt" is
 	such a program.
-	If this option is an empty string, the internal format function will
-	be used |C-indenting|.
+	If the 'formatexpr' option is not empty it will be used instead.
+	Otherwise, if 'formatprg' option is an empty string, the internal
+	format function will be used |C-indenting|.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
-	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
-	security reasons.
+	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	|sandbox-option|.
 
-							*'fsync'* *'fs'*
+						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
+'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
+			feature}
+	Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
+	operator.  The |v:lnum| variable holds the first line to be formatted,
+	|v:count| the number of lines to be formatted.
+	When this option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
+	Example: >
+		:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
+<	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
+	autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
+
+	The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
+	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
+	when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
+	same spot relative to the text then!  The |mode()| function will
+	return "i" or "R" in this situation.  When the function returns
+	non-zero Vim will fall back to using the internal format mechanism.
+
+	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
+	|sandbox-option|.
+
+						*'fsync'* *'fs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -3017,7 +3043,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	also work well with a single file: >
 		:set grepprg=grep\ -nH
 <	Special value: When 'grepprg' is set to "internal" the |:grep| command
-	works like |:vimgrep| and |:grepadd| like |:vimgrepadd|.
+	works like |:vimgrep|, |:lgrep| like |:lvimgrep|, |:grepadd| like
+	|:vimgrepadd| and |:lgrepadd| like |:lvimgrepadd|.
 	See also the section |:make_makeprg|, since most of the comments there
 	apply equally to 'grepprg'.
 	For Win32, the default is "findstr /n" if "findstr.exe" can be found,
@@ -3291,6 +3318,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  'c'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
 		choices.
 
+	  'e'	Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
+		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
+		When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
+		The GUI tabs are only supported on some systens, currently
+		only for GTK.
+
 	  'f'	Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the GUI from the shell
 		where it was started.  Use this for programs that wait for the
 		editor to finish (e.g., an e-mail program).  Alternatively you
@@ -3351,6 +3384,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Only in the GUI: If on, an attempt is made to open a pseudo-tty for
 	I/O to/from shell commands.  See |gui-pty|.
 
+						*'guitablabel'* *'gtl'*
+'guitablabel' 'gtl'	string	(default empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
+			with the +windows feature}
+	When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
+	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default label.  See
+	|setting-guitablabel| for more info.
+
+	The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
+
+	Only used when the GUI tab pages line is displayed.  'e' must be
+	present in 'guioptions'.  For the non-GUI tab pages line 'tabline' is
+	used.
+
 						*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
 'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MSDOS)  "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
 					 (others) "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt")
@@ -3740,6 +3789,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	cursor to the match.
 	The highlighting can be set with the 'i' flag in 'highlight'.
 	See also: 'hlsearch'.
+	CTRL-L can be used to add one character from after the current match
+	to the command line.
+	CTRL-R CTRL-W can be used to add the word at the end of the current
+	match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'indentexpr'* *'inde'*
@@ -4031,8 +4084,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	specified with multi-byte characters (e.g., UTF-8), but only the lower
 	8 bits of each character will be used.
 
-	Example (for Greek):					*greek*  >
-	    :set langmap=<EFBFBD>A,<EFBFBD>B,<EFBFBD>C,<EFBFBD>D,<EFBFBD>E,<EFBFBD>F,<EFBFBD>G,<EFBFBD>H,<EFBFBD>I,<EFBFBD>J,<EFBFBD>K,<EFBFBD>L,<EFBFBD>M,<EFBFBD>N,<EFBFBD>O,<EFBFBD>P,QQ,<EFBFBD>R,<EFBFBD>S,<EFBFBD>T,<EFBFBD>U,<EFBFBD>V,WW,<EFBFBD>X,<EFBFBD>Y,<EFBFBD>Z,<EFBFBD>a,<EFBFBD>b,<EFBFBD>c,<EFBFBD>d,<EFBFBD>e,<EFBFBD>f,<EFBFBD>g,<EFBFBD>h,<EFBFBD>i,<EFBFBD>j,<EFBFBD>k,<EFBFBD>l,<EFBFBD>m,<EFBFBD>n,<EFBFBD>o,<EFBFBD>p,qq,<EFBFBD>r,<EFBFBD>s,<EFBFBD>t,<EFBFBD>u,<EFBFBD>v,<EFBFBD>w,<EFBFBD>x,<EFBFBD>y,<EFBFBD>z
+	Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*greek*  >
+	    :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
 <	Example (exchanges meaning of z and y for commands): >
 	    :set langmap=zy,yz,ZY,YZ
 <
@@ -4301,6 +4354,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set.  Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other options that
 	set a time.  This is to be compatible with Nvi.
 
+						*'maxcombine'* *'mco'*
+'maxcombine' 'mco'	number (default 2)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
+			feature}
+	The maximum number of combining characters supported for displaying.
+	Only used when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+	The default is OK for most languages.  Hebrew may require 4.
+	Maximum value is 6.
+	Even when this option is set to 2 you can still edit text with more
+	combining characters, you just can't see them.  Use |g8| or |ga|.
+	See |mbyte-combining|.
+
 						*'maxfuncdepth'* *'mfd'*
 'maxfuncdepth' 'mfd'	number	(default 100)
 			global
@@ -4658,7 +4725,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	Minimal number of columns to use for the line number.  Only relevant
-	when the 'number' option is set.
+	when the 'number' option is set or printing lines with a line number.
 	Since one space is always between the number and the text, there is
 	one less character for the number itself.
 	The value is the minimum width.  A bigger width is used when needed to
@@ -4676,7 +4743,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			or +insert_expand feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode omni
 	completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
-	For the use of the function see 'completefunc'.
+	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
+	invoked and what it should return.
 
 
 						*'operatorfunc'* *'opfunc'*
@@ -4986,6 +5054,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	When on a ":" prompt is used in Ex mode.
 
+						*'pumheight'* *'ph'*
+'pumheight' 'ph'	number	(default 0)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the
+			|+insert_expand| feature}
+			{not in Vi}
+	Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu.
+	When zero as much space as available is used.
+	|ins-completion-menu|.
+
+
 						*'quoteescape'* *'qe'*
 'quoteescape' 'qe'	string	(default "\")
 			local to buffer
@@ -5012,6 +5091,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Allows for mappings to work recursively.  If you do not want this for
 	a single entry, use the :noremap[!] command.
+	NOTE: To avoid portability problems with Vim scripts, always keep
+	this option at the default "on".  Only switch it off when working with
+	old Vi scripts.
 
 						*'report'*
 'report'		number	(default 2)
@@ -5114,7 +5196,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	When this option is not empty, it determines the content of the ruler
 	string, as displayed for the 'ruler' option.
-	The format of this option, is like that of 'statusline'.
+	The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
 	The default ruler width is 17 characters.  To make the ruler 15
 	characters wide, put "%15(" at the start and "%)" at the end.
 	Example: >
@@ -5165,6 +5247,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  menu.vim	GUI menus |menu.vim|
 	  plugin/	plugin scripts |write-plugin|
 	  print/	files for printing |postscript-print-encoding|
+	  spell/	spell checking files |spell|
 	  syntax/	syntax files |mysyntaxfile|
 	  tutor/	files for vimtutor |tutor|
 
@@ -5378,6 +5461,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   winsize	window sizes
 
 	Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir".
+	There is no option to include tab pages yet, only the current tab page
+	is stored in the session. |tab-page|
 	When "curdir" nor "sesdir" is included, file names are stored with
 	absolute paths.
 	"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing session files
@@ -5706,7 +5791,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The 'matchpairs' option can be used to specify the characters to show
 	matches for.  'rightleft' and 'revins' are used to look for opposite
 	matches.
-	Note: For the use of the short form parental guidance is advised.
+	Also see the matchparen plugin for highlighting the match when moving
+	around |pi_paren.txt|.
+	Note: Use of the short form is rated PG.
 
 				 *'showmode'* *'smd'* *'noshowmode'* *'nosmd'*
 'showmode' 'smd'	boolean	(Vim default: on, Vi default: off)
@@ -5720,6 +5807,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+						*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
+'showtabline' 'stal'	number	(default 1)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the +windows
+			feature}
+	The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
+	will be displayed:
+		0: never
+		1: only if there are at least two tab pages
+		2: always
+	This is both for the GUI and non-GUI implementation of the tab pages
+	line.
+	See |tab-page| for more information about tab pages.
+
 						*'sidescroll'* *'ss'*
 'sidescroll' 'ss'	number	(default 0)
 			global
@@ -5797,11 +5899,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When on, a <Tab> in front of a line inserts blanks according to
-	'shiftwidth'.  'tabstop' is used in other places.  A <BS> will delete
-	a 'shiftwidth' worth of space at the start of the line.
-	When off a <Tab> always inserts blanks according to 'tabstop'.
-	'shiftwidth' is only used for shifting text left or right
-	|shift-left-right|.
+	'shiftwidth'.  'tabstop' or 'softtabstop' is used in other places.  A
+	<BS> will delete a 'shiftwidth' worth of space at the start of the
+	line.
+	When off, a <Tab> always inserts blanks according to 'tabstop' or
+	'softtabstop'.  'shiftwidth' is only used for shifting text left or
+	right |shift-left-right|.
 	What gets inserted (a Tab or spaces) depends on the 'expandtab'
 	option.  Also see |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the
 	number of spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
@@ -5906,9 +6009,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	files twice.
 	How the related spell files are found is explained here: |spell-load|.
 
+	If the |spellfile.vim| plugin is active and you use a language name
+	for which Vim cannot find the .spl file in 'runtimepath' the plugin
+	will ask you if you want to download the file.
+
 	After this option has been set successfully, Vim will source the files
 	"spell/LANG.vim" in 'runtimepath'.  "LANG" is the value of 'spelllang'
-	up to the first comma, dot or underscore.  See |set-spc-auto|.
+	up to the first comma, dot or underscore.
+	Also see |set-spc-auto|.
 
 
 						*'spellsuggest'* *'sps'*
@@ -6021,6 +6129,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	All fields except the {item} is optional.  A single percent sign can
 	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.
 
+	When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
+	evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example: >
+		:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
+<	The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
+
+	When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
+	empty to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.
+
 	Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
 	'laststatus' is 2) is controlling the output of |CTRL-G|.
 
@@ -6079,15 +6195,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length.
 	a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
 	      Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
-	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '{' and '}' and substitute result.
+	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
 	      Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
+	T N   For 'tabline': start of tab page N label.  Use %T after the last
+	      label.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
+	X N   For 'tabline': start of close tab N label.  Use %X after the
+	      label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X.  Use %999X for a "close current tab"
+	      mark.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
 	< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
 	      No width fields allowed.
 	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
 	      No width fields allowed.
+	# -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
+	      Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
+	      highlighting is used, also for the statusline of non-current
+	      windows.
 	* -   Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
 	      minwid field, e.g. %1*.  Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
 	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine  will be applied
@@ -6255,9 +6380,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current syntax (the
 	b:current_syntax variable does).
 	This option is most useful in a modeline, for a file which syntax is
-	not automatically recognized.  Example, in an IDL file: >
-		/* vim: set syntax=idl : */
-<	To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use: >
+	not automatically recognized.  Example, in an IDL file:
+		/* vim: set syntax=idl : */ ~
+	When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
+	names.  Example:
+		/* vim: set syntax=c.doxygen : */ ~
+	This will use the "c" syntax first, then the "doxygen" syntax.
+	Note that the second one must be prepared to be loaded as an addition,
+	otherwise it will be skipped.  More than one dot may appear.
+	To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use: >
 		:set syntax=OFF
 <	To switch syntax highlighting on according to the current value of the
 	'filetype' option: >
@@ -6268,7 +6399,41 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
 
-					*'tabstop'* *'ts'*
+						*'tabline'* *'tal'*
+'tabline' 'tal'		string	(default empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the +windows
+			feature}
+	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
+	line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
+	tab pages line.  See |setting-tabline| for more info.
+
+	The tab pages line only appears as specified with the 'showtabline'
+	option and only when there is no GUI tab line.  When 'e' is in
+	'guioptions' and the GUI supports a tab line 'guitablabel' is used
+	instead.
+
+	The value is evaluated like with 'statusline'.  You can use
+	|tabpagenr()|, |tabpagewinnr()| and |tabpagebuflist()| to figure out
+	the text to be displayed.  Use "%1T" for the first label, "%2T" for
+	the second one, etc.  Use "%X" items for closing labels.
+
+	Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
+	are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
+
+
+						*'tabpagemax'* *'tpm'*
+'tabpagemax' 'tpm'	number	(default 10)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the +windows
+			feature}
+	Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the |-p| command line
+	argument or the ":tab all" command. |tabpage|
+
+
+						*'tabstop'* *'ts'*
 'tabstop' 'ts'		number	(default 8)
 			local to buffer
 	Number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for.  Also see
@@ -6871,7 +7036,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Currently, these messages are given:
 	>= 1	When the viminfo file is read or written.
 	>= 2	When a file is ":source"'ed.
-	>= 5	Every searched tags file.
+	>= 5	Every searched tags file and include file.
 	>= 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
 	>= 9	Every executed autocommand.
 	>= 12	Every executed function.
@@ -7048,10 +7213,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    block	Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
 	    insert	Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
 	    all		Allow virtual editing in all modes.
+	    onemore	Allow the cursor to move just past the end of the line
+
 	Virtual editing means that the cursor can be positioned where there is
 	no actual character.  This can be halfway into a Tab or beyond the end
 	of the line.  Useful for selecting a rectangle in Visual mode and
 	editing a table.
+	"onemore" is not the same, it will only allow moving the cursor just
+	after the last character of the line.  This makes some commands more
+	consistent.  Previously the cursor was always past the end of the line
+	if the line was empty.  But it is far from Vi compatible.  It may also
+	break some plugins or Vim scripts.  For example because |l| can move
+	the cursor after the last character.  Use with care!
+	Using the |$| command will move to the last character in the line, not
+	past it.  This may actually move the cursor to the left!
+	It doesn't make sense to combine "all" with "onemore", but you will
+	not get a warning for it.
 
 			*'visualbell'* *'vb'* *'novisualbell'* *'novb'* *beep*
 'visualbell' 'vb'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -7078,7 +7255,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'weirdinvert' 'wiv'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-	This option has the same effect as the 't_xs' termcap option.
+	This option has the same effect as the 't_xs' terminal option.
 	It is provided for backwards compatibility with version 4.x.
 	Setting 'weirdinvert' has the effect of making 't_xs' non-empty, and
 	vice versa.  Has no effect when the GUI is running.
@@ -7093,8 +7270,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		char   key	  mode	~
 		 b    <BS>	 Normal and Visual
 		 s    <Space>	 Normal and Visual
-		 h    "h"	 Normal and Visual
-		 l    "l"	 Normal and Visual
+		 h    "h"	 Normal and Visual (not recommended)
+		 l    "l"	 Normal and Visual (not recommended)
 		 <    <Left>	 Normal and Visual
 		 >    <Right>	 Normal and Visual
 		 ~    "~"	 Normal
@@ -7110,8 +7287,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"dh".  If you use this, you may also want to use the mapping
 	":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
 	cursor.
-	When 'l' is included, you get a side effect: "yl" on an empty line
-	will include the <EOL>, so that "p" will insert a new line.
+	When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
+	line then it will not move to the next line.  This makes "dl", "cl",
+	"yl" etc. work normally.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -7315,6 +7493,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|quickfix-window|.
 	The height may be changed anyway when running out of room.
 
+			*'winfixwidth'* *'wfw'* *'nowinfixwidth'* *'nowfw'*
+'winfixwidth' 'wfw'	boolean	(default off)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the +windows
+			feature}
+	Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
+	'equalalways' is set.
+	The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
+
 						*'winminheight'* *'wmh'*
 'winminheight' 'wmh'	number	(default 1)
 			global

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl

runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/os_beos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2003 Dec 20
+*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Feb 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ text.  For example, to get grey text on a blue background: >
 See |highlight-groups| for other groups that are available.
 
 A DOS console does not support attributes like bold and underlining.  You can
-set the color used in five modes with nine termcap options.  Note that this is
-not necessary since you can set the color directly with the ":highlight"
+set the color used in five modes with nine terminal options.  Note that this
+is not necessary since you can set the color directly with the ":highlight"
 command; these options are for backward compatibility with older Vim versions.
 The |'highlight'| option specifies which of the five modes is used for which
 action. >

runtime/doc/os_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_mac.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -33,9 +33,10 @@ Indianapolis IN 46220 USA
 ==============================================================================
 1. Filename Convention					*mac-filename*
 
-You can use either the unix or mac path separator or a mix of both.  In order
-to determine if the specified filename is relative to the current folder or
-absolute (i.e. relative to the "Desktop"), the following algorithm is used:
+Starting with Vim version 7 you can just use the unix path separators with
+Vim. In order to determine if the specified filename is relative to the
+current folder or absolute (i.e. relative to the "Desktop"), the following
+algorithm is used:
 
 	If the path start by a "/", the path is absolute
 	If the path start by a ":", the path is relative
@@ -58,10 +59,16 @@ You can use the |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME|  variable. >
 ==============================================================================
 2. .vimrc and .vim files				*mac-vimfile*
 
-On the Mac files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc files
-are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc".  These files can be in
-any format (mac, dos or unix).  Vim can handle any file format when the
-|'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
+It is recommended to use Unix style line separators for Vim scripts, thus a
+single newline character.
+
+When starting up Vim will load the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim script to define
+default command-key mappings.
+
+On older systems files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc
+files are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc".  These files
+can be in any format (mac, dos or unix).  Vim can handle any file format when
+the |'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
 files.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -80,14 +87,6 @@ A: Assuming that Vim.app is located in /Applications:
 ==============================================================================
 4. Mac Lack						*mac-lack*
 
-The filenames containing both ":" and "/" are sometimes misinterpreted.  (just
-re-execute the command)
-
-Scrollbar are not scrolling live, and  when only the arrow or scroll area, a
-limit of 32 line or page is scrolled.
-
-Syntax highlighting works on 68k Macs but is _really_ slow.
-
 In a terminal CTRL-^ needs to be entered as Shift-Control-6.  CTRL-@ as
 Shift-Control-2.
 

runtime/doc/os_mint.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_mint.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_mint.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Jens M. Felderhoff

runtime/doc/os_msdos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_msdos.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_msdos.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/os_os2.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_os2.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_os2.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Slootman

runtime/doc/os_qnx.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_qnx.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_qnx.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Julian Kinraid

runtime/doc/os_risc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thomas Leonard

runtime/doc/os_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Jul 12
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2006 Mar 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -56,11 +56,14 @@ To use the precompiled binary version, you need one of these archives:
   vim-XX-exe-vax-gui.zip	VAX GUI executables
   vim-XX-exe-vax-term.zip       VAX console executables
 
-and of course
+and of course (optional)
   vim-XX-runtime.zip		runtime files
 
 The binary archives contain: vim.exe, ctags.exe, xxd.exe files.
 
+For GTK executables you will need GTKLIB that is available for 
+Alpha and IA64 platform.
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 3. Compiling						*vms-compiling*
@@ -121,10 +124,10 @@ Vim uses a special directory structure to hold the document and runtime files:
     |- vim57
     |----- doc
     |----- syntax
-    |- vim60
+    |- vim62
     |----- doc
     |----- syntax
-    |- vim61
+    |- vim64
     |----- doc
     |----- syntax
     vimrc    (system rc files)
@@ -239,6 +242,17 @@ and to the SYS$STARTUP:SYLOGIN.COM >
 
 It will set up a normal Vim work environment for every user on the system.
 
+IMPORTANT: Vim on OpenVMS (and on other case insensitive system) command line
+parameters are assumed to be lowecase. In order to indicate that a command
+line parameter is uppercase "/" sign must be used.
+
+Examples:
+  >
+	vim -R  filename  ! means: -r List swap files and exit
+        vim -/r filename  ! means: -R Readonly mode (like "view")
+        vim -u  <vimrc>   ! means: -u Use <vimrc> instead of any .vimrc   
+        vim -/u <gvimrc>  ! means: -U Use <gvimrc> instead of any .gvimrc
+                  
 ==============================================================================
 
 7. GUI mode questions					*vms-gui*
@@ -653,7 +667,10 @@ start it with: >
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
-Version 7.0
+Version 7
+- Improved low level char input (affects just console mode)
+
+Version 6.4 (2005 Oct 15)
 - GTKLIB and Vim build on IA64
 - colors in terminal mode
 - syntax highlighting in terminal mode

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.0aa.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.0b.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly